Merge branch 'master' into christopherrsmith-tc-create-1

# Conflicts:
#	en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-09-19 13:15:03 -04:00
commit 8ce1a09306
28 changed files with 2726 additions and 2671 deletions

View File

@ -1570,14 +1570,14 @@ NUM 29 1 d1mb figs-synecdoche 0 It will be a day when you blow trumpets The wor
NUM 29 3 k2nl figs-possession 0 their grain offering This refers to the grain offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the grain offerings that are offered with them” or “the grain offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 3 mh5z figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 3 yys9 translate-fraction שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 three-tenths The **three-tenths** means three parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 29 3 cruv translate-bvolume שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 three-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 3 cruv translate-bvolume שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 three-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 3 wfp3 figs-ellipsis שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 three-tenths The phrase “of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated. Alternate translation: “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 3 c9pg translate-fraction שְׁנֵ֥י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֖ים 1 two-tenths The **two-tenths** means two parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 29 3 l8ml translate-bvolume שְׁנֵ֥י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֖ים 1 two-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 3 yylr figs-ellipsis שְׁנֵ֥י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֖ים 1 two-tenths The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 4 chq7 translate-fraction וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד 1 and one-tenth The **one-tenth** means one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 29 4 uehg translate-bvolume וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד 1 and one-tenth This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 4 fdnd figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד 1 and one-tenth The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence.  Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 4 uehg translate-bvolume וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד 1 and one-tenth This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 4 fdnd figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד 1 and one-tenth The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 5 b36k figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 29 6 frt3 0 of each month: the special burnt offering … with it This is the offering that is made on the first day of each month. Alternate translation: “of each month—the special burnt offering … with it”
NUM 29 6 h1cf figs-possession 0 the regular burnt offering, its grain offering, and its drink offerings This refers to the offerings the priests were to give every day. The grain offering and drink offering were to be offered with the regular burnt offering. Alternate translation: “the regular burnt offering, with the grain offering and drink offerings that accompany it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@ -1588,14 +1588,14 @@ NUM 29 7 v4f3 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בֶ⁠עָשׂוֹר֩ לַ⁠חֹ
NUM 29 7 dka4 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event. Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh”
NUM 29 9 k4tv figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 9 ufz8 translate-fraction שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 three-tenths The **three-tenths** means three parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 29 9 qwhd translate-bvolume שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 three-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 9 qwhd translate-bvolume שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 three-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 9 argg figs-ellipsis שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 three-tenths The words “of an ephah” are understood from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters) ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 9 bde9 translate-fraction שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים 1 two-tenths The **two-tenths** means two parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 29 9 muuk translate-bvolume שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים 1 two-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 9 muuk translate-bvolume שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים 1 two-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 9 k18z figs-ellipsis שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים 1 two-tenths The words “of an ephah” are understood from earlier in the verse. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 10 n1nx translate-fraction עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן 1 a tenth, a tenth The **tenth** means one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 29 10 isyt translate-bvolume עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן 1 a tenth, a tenth This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 10 y5ik figs-ellipsis עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן 1 a tenth, a tenth The words “of an ephah” are understood and you may state them clearly.  Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 10 y5ik figs-ellipsis עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן 1 a tenth, a tenth The words “of an ephah” are understood and you may state them clearly. Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 11 ray5 figs-abstractnouns 0 of atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “that atones for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 29 11 cc81 figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 12 kw4n translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֜וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 And on day 15 of the seventh month Alternate translation: “day 15 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -1607,10 +1607,10 @@ NUM 29 13 u88p translate-numbers 0 thirteen young bulls, two rams, and fourteen
NUM 29 14 ja5h figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 14 idt9 translate-fraction שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים 1 three-tenths The **three-tenths** means three parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 29 14 h524 translate-bvolume שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים 1 three-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 14 lvme figs-ellipsis שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים 1 three-tenths The phrase “an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence and can be repeated. Alternate translation: “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 14 lvme figs-ellipsis שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים 1 three-tenths The phrase “an ephah of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from earlier in the sentence and can be repeated. Alternate translation: “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 14 hgf4 translate-numbers 0 thirteen bulls Alternate translation: “13 bulls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 29 14 qmq4 translate-fraction שְׁנֵ֤י עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 two-tenths The **two-tenths** means two parts out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 29 14 r1ry translate-bvolume שְׁנֵ֤י עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 two-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 14 r1ry translate-bvolume שְׁנֵ֤י עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 two-tenths This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 14 xcn4 figs-ellipsis שְׁנֵ֤י עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ 1 two-tenths The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour” is understood from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters) of fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 29 15 jj7t translate-numbers 0 fourteen lambs Alternate translation: “14 lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 29 15 qqa5 translate-fraction וְ⁠עִשָּׂרׄוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן 1 and a tenth, a tenth The **tenth** means one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])

Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 683 and column 221.

View File

@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ JOS 22 24 qr6z figs-rquestion מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ
JOS 22 25 qfc4 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
JOS 22 25 w2sv figs-hypo וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 For Yahweh has made the Jordan … nothing to do with Yahweh This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 25 w3az אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 22 25 iy97 figs-hypo  וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 25 iy97 figs-hypo וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 26 ueg6 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
JOS 22 27 m97u figs-metaphor עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 to be a witness between us and you The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 27 gs6k figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה 1 so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, “You have no share in Yahweh.” This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
805 JOS 22 25 qfc4 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
806 JOS 22 25 w2sv figs-hypo וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 For Yahweh has made the Jordan … nothing to do with Yahweh This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
807 JOS 22 25 w3az אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
808 JOS 22 25 iy97 figs-hypo  וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
809 JOS 22 26 ueg6 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
810 JOS 22 27 m97u figs-metaphor עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 to be a witness between us and you The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
811 JOS 22 27 gs6k figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה 1 so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, “You have no share in Yahweh.” This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])

View File

@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1, Samuel chapters 1-7, which tell about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Two wives<br>This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])<br><br>### “Pay his vow”<br>It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying ones vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idioms<br><br>When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.”
1SA 1 1 xa1t translate-names הָ⁠רָמָתַ֛יִם 1 the Ramathaim This is the name of a small village possibly located eight kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 1 1 mwm2 translate-names צוֹפִ֖ים 1 the Zuphites The phrase **the Zuphites** refers to the people group that descended from Zuph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 1 1 hizk translate-names אֶפְרָ֑יִם 1 Ephraim Here, **Ephraim** refers to the land that was allotted to the people belonging to the Israelite tribe of Ephraim (see Joshua 16:1-9). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 1 1 hizk translate-names אֶפְרָ֑יִם 1 Ephraim Here, **Ephraim** refers to the land that was allotted to the people belonging to the Israelite tribe of Ephraim (see Joshua 16:1-9).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 1 1 cjl8 translate-names אֶ֠לְקָנָה…יְרֹחָ֧ם…אֱלִיה֛וּא…תֹּ֥חוּ…צ֖וּף 1 was Elkanah … Jeroham … Elihu … Tohu … Zuph These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 1 1 x8xp translate-names אֶפְרָתִֽי 1 an Ephraimite Here, **Ephraimite** refers to anyone living in the territory of Ephraim. <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 1 2 roc0 writing-pronouns וְ⁠ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 And for him The pronoun **him** refers to Elkanah. <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 1 5 cg80 translate-unknown מָנָ֥ה 1 portion Here, **portion** refers to the portion of meat that God let the people eat from the animal which they sacrificed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1SA 1 6 f5cg grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠כִֽעֲסַ֤תָּ⁠ה צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙ גַּם־כַּ֔עַס בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְּעִמָ֑⁠הּ 1 And her rival would provoke her, even with provocation in order to cause her to thunder This means that Peninnah would intentionally seek ways to humiliate and mock Hannah so that she would feel emotionally disturbed and be greatly troubled in spirit. You can translate this in a way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Peninnah would intentionally provoke Hannah severely, for the purpose of hurting her feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1SA 1 6 lrs0 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִֽעֲסַ֤תָּ⁠ה צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙ גַּם־כַּ֔עַס 1 And her rival would provoke her, even with provocation The word **provocation** is an abstract noun. If it would be more natural in your language you may translate this word using a verb phrase or adjective. Alternate translation: “And Peninnah would intentionally provoke Hannah severely” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
1SA 1 6 mw8a צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 her rival Here, **her rival** refers to Hannahs rival Peninnah. It is probable that Elkanah took Peninnah as his second wife after Hannah was unable to bear children so that he could have offspring by Penninah. This would result in Hannah and Peninnah viewing each other as rivals. You can use a word or phrase that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his second wife” or “her co-wife”
1SA 1 6 mw8a צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 her rival Here, **her rival** refers to Hannahs rival Peninnah. It is probable that Elkanah took Peninnah as his second wife after Hannah was unable to bear children so that he could have offspring by Penninah. This would result in Hannah and Peninnah viewing each other as rivals. You can use a word or phrase that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his second wife” or“her co-wife”
1SA 1 6 gq73 figs-simile הַרְּעִמָ֑⁠הּ 1 cause her to thunder The phrase **cause her to thunder** is a figurative way of saying that Peninnahs actions caused Hannah to be greatly irritated or troubled. The point of this comparison is that Peninnah would cause Hannah to be greatly bothered and disrupted in a way that is similar to the sky being disrupted to the point of thundering. You can communicate this in a way which would be most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1SA 1 6 wy2z בְּעַ֥ד רַחְמָֽ⁠הּ 1 shut up her womb The phrase **shut up her womb** is a used figuratively to mean that Yahweh had not allowed Hannah to become pregnant. You can use a phrase that would be most natural in your language.<br>Alternative translation: “made her barren” or “prevented her from becoming pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1SA 1 7 bzk3 figs-go עֲלֹתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 she went up Here, **went up** indicates that in order to reach Shiloh, Elkanah had to travel from a lower location to a higher location because Shiloh was located in a mountainous region. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
3 1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1, Samuel chapters 1-7, which tell about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Two wives<br>This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])<br><br>### “Pay his vow”<br>It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idioms<br><br>When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.”
4 1SA 1 1 xa1t translate-names הָ⁠רָמָתַ֛יִם 1 the Ramathaim This is the name of a small village possibly located eight kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 1SA 1 1 mwm2 translate-names צוֹפִ֖ים 1 the Zuphites The phrase **the Zuphites** refers to the people group that descended from Zuph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 1SA 1 1 hizk translate-names אֶפְרָ֑יִם 1 Ephraim Here, **Ephraim** refers to the land that was allotted to the people belonging to the Israelite tribe of Ephraim (see Joshua 16:1-9). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Here, **Ephraim** refers to the land that was allotted to the people belonging to the Israelite tribe of Ephraim (see Joshua 16:1-9).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7 1SA 1 1 cjl8 translate-names אֶ֠לְקָנָה…יְרֹחָ֧ם…אֱלִיה֛וּא…תֹּ֥חוּ…צ֖וּף 1 was Elkanah … Jeroham … Elihu … Tohu … Zuph These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8 1SA 1 1 x8xp translate-names אֶפְרָתִֽי 1 an Ephraimite Here, **Ephraimite** refers to anyone living in the territory of Ephraim. <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9 1SA 1 2 roc0 writing-pronouns וְ⁠ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 And for him The pronoun **him** refers to Elkanah. <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20 1SA 1 5 cg80 translate-unknown מָנָ֥ה 1 portion Here, **portion** refers to the portion of meat that God let the people eat from the animal which they sacrificed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21 1SA 1 6 f5cg grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠כִֽעֲסַ֤תָּ⁠ה צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙ גַּם־כַּ֔עַס בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְּעִמָ֑⁠הּ 1 And her rival would provoke her, even with provocation in order to cause her to thunder This means that Peninnah would intentionally seek ways to humiliate and mock Hannah so that she would feel emotionally disturbed and be greatly troubled in spirit. You can translate this in a way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Peninnah would intentionally provoke Hannah severely, for the purpose of hurting her feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
22 1SA 1 6 lrs0 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִֽעֲסַ֤תָּ⁠ה צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙ גַּם־כַּ֔עַס 1 And her rival would provoke her, even with provocation The word **provocation** is an abstract noun. If it would be more natural in your language you may translate this word using a verb phrase or adjective. Alternate translation: “And Peninnah would intentionally provoke Hannah severely” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
23 1SA 1 6 mw8a צָֽרָתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 her rival Here, **her rival** refers to Hannah’s rival Peninnah. It is probable that Elkanah took Peninnah as his second wife after Hannah was unable to bear children so that he could have offspring by Penninah. This would result in Hannah and Peninnah viewing each other as rivals. You can use a word or phrase that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his second wife” or “her co-wife” Here, **her rival** refers to Hannah’s rival Peninnah. It is probable that Elkanah took Peninnah as his second wife after Hannah was unable to bear children so that he could have offspring by Penninah. This would result in Hannah and Peninnah viewing each other as rivals. You can use a word or phrase that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his second wife” or“her co-wife”
24 1SA 1 6 gq73 figs-simile הַרְּעִמָ֑⁠הּ 1 cause her to thunder The phrase **cause her to thunder** is a figurative way of saying that Peninnah’s actions caused Hannah to be greatly irritated or troubled. The point of this comparison is that Peninnah would cause Hannah to be greatly bothered and disrupted in a way that is similar to the sky being disrupted to the point of thundering. You can communicate this in a way which would be most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
25 1SA 1 6 wy2z בְּעַ֥ד רַחְמָֽ⁠הּ 1 shut up her womb The phrase **shut up her womb** is a used figuratively to mean that Yahweh had not allowed Hannah to become pregnant. You can use a phrase that would be most natural in your language.<br>Alternative translation: “made her barren” or “prevented her from becoming pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
26 1SA 1 7 bzk3 figs-go עֲלֹתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 she went up Here, **went up** indicates that in order to reach Shiloh, Elkanah had to travel from a lower location to a higher location because Shiloh was located in a mountainous region. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])

View File

@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 13 3 sii1 figs-metaphor 0 The anger of Yahweh burned against Israel Yahweh becoming angry with Israel is spoken of as if his anger was a fire that burned. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh became very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 13 3 u4tp figs-metonymy 0 gave them continually into the hand of Hazael king of Aram and into the hand of Ben Hadad son of Hazael Here “them” refers to Israel and “hand” refers to the power to control them. Alternate translation: “allowed Hazael the king of Aram, and Ben Hadad, his son, to repeatedly defeat the Israelites in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 13 4 hcy2 0 implored Yahweh Alternate translation: “prayed to Yahweh”
2KI 13 4 gh**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “the king of Aram was oppressing them.” Alternate translation: “he saw how severely the king of Aram was oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2KI 13 4 gh67 you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “the king of Aram was oppressing them.” Alternate translation: “he saw how severely the king of Aram was oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2KI 13 5 n7zw 0 a rescuer Alternate translation: “someone to rescue them”
2KI 13 5 lp9p figs-metonymy 0 they escaped from the hand of the Arameans Here “hand” refers to the power to control them. Alternate translation: “he enabled them to be free from Arams power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 13 6 jts3 figs-metaphor 0 they did not depart from the sins of the house of Jeroboam To stop sinning is spoken of as if they departed from the sins. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Israel did not stop doing the same sins as Jeroboam had done” or “Israel continued to commit the same sins as Jeroboam had committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Can't render this file because it has a wrong number of fields in line 777.

View File

@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ EST 3 7 j15r מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶ
EST 3 7 j17r figs-explicit מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ 1 from day to day and from month to month Haman was casting the lot to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 7 ih4b translate-hebrewmonths שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. This name occurs several times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 3 7 abk6 שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar See how you decided in [2:16](../02/16.md) and the first part of this verse to represent the dates that are given in the Hebrew calendar in the book of Esther. Be consistent.
EST 3 7 abk7 figs-explicit שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate Translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 7 abk7 figs-explicit שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 7 k3vd translate-ordinal שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 the twelfth Alternative translation: “month twelve” or “the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 3 8 abk8 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 Then Haman said to the king Ahasuerus The implication is that Haman then went to see the king so that he could speak with him. You could say that explicitly. Do not give your readers the impression that the king was present with Haman while he was casting the lot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 8 aig9 translate-numbers יֶשְׁנ֣⁠וֹ עַם־אֶחָ֗ד 1 He has one people **He** refers to the king, and **one people** refers to the Jews as a people group. So this means there is a people group or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
358 EST 3 7 j17r figs-explicit מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ 1 from day to day and from month to month Haman was casting the lot to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
359 EST 3 7 ih4b translate-hebrewmonths שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. This name occurs several times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
360 EST 3 7 abk6 שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar See how you decided in [2:16](../02/16.md) and the first part of this verse to represent the dates that are given in the Hebrew calendar in the book of Esther. Be consistent.
361 EST 3 7 abk7 figs-explicit שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate Translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
362 EST 3 7 k3vd translate-ordinal שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 the twelfth Alternative translation: “month twelve” or “the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
363 EST 3 8 abk8 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ לַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 Then Haman said to the king Ahasuerus The implication is that Haman then went to see the king so that he could speak with him. You could say that explicitly. Do not give your readers the impression that the king was present with Haman while he was casting the lot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
364 EST 3 8 aig9 translate-numbers יֶשְׁנ֣⁠וֹ עַם־אֶחָ֗ד 1 He has one people **He** refers to the king, and **one people** refers to the Jews as a people group. So this means there is a people group or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

View File

@ -2334,7 +2334,6 @@ LUK 13 8 l857 figs-hendiadys ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει 1 answering
LUK 13 8 l2ks ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος 1 leave it this year also Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
LUK 13 8 st4w translate-unknown βάλω κόπρια 1 put on manure The word **manure** means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 13 9 w5qh figs-ellipsis κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον 1 If indeed it bears fruit in the coming one The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 13 9 l928 figs-nominaladj εἰς τὸ μέλλον 1 in the coming one The gardener is using the participle **coming**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show this. In context, this means “in the coming year.” If your language does not use adjectives this way, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “next year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 13 9 j4ul figs-declarative ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν 1 you will cut it down The servant is using a statement to make a suggestion. He is not giving a command in the form of a future statement, as some languages allow speakers to do. Alternate translation: “you can have me cut it down for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
LUK 13 10 p3el grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 13 10 c3j8 ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 on the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
@ -2622,7 +2621,6 @@ LUK 15 4 pxm3 figs-rquestion τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχω
LUK 15 4 l989 figs-hypo τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 15 4 m048 figs-123person τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό 1 Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 15 4 l990 figs-gendernotations τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 Which man among you This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 15 4 l991 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀπολωλὸς 1 the lost one Here, Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show that. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 15 5 l992 figs-123person καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων 1 And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 15 5 xwa5 figs-explicit ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ 1 he lays it on his shoulders This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 15 6 g3f3 figs-123person καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον, συνκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας 1 And coming to the house, he calls together his friends and his neighbors If you decided that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “And when you got back to your house, you would call together your friends and neighbors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -2824,6 +2822,7 @@ LUK 16 19 kd1x figs-parables δέ 1 Now Jesus uses the term **now** to introduce
LUK 16 19 r67p writing-participants ἄνθρωπος…τις ἦν πλούσιος 1 there was a certain rich man This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 16 19 fu76 figs-synecdoche καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον 1 and he was putting on purple and fine linen Jesus is figuratively using two specific types of expensive clothing to mean expensive clothing in general. These were likely not the only types of clothes that the man owned and wore. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He wore very expensive clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LUK 16 19 m079 figs-metonymy πορφύραν 1 purple Jesus uses the term **purple** figuratively to mean clothing colored with purple dye, which was very expensive. Alternate translation: “clothing colored with purple dye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 16 19 z8v5 translate-unknown βύσσον 1 The term **fine linen** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “garments made of fine cloth” or “garments made of good cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 16 19 sz7t εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς 1 feasting sumptuously every day Alternate translation: “and he enjoyed eating expensive food every day”
LUK 16 20 mmw2 writing-participants πτωχὸς δέ τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος 1 But a certain poor man named Lazarus This introduces another character in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor man named Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 16 20 m080 translate-names Λάζαρος 1 Lazarus **Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2936,9 +2935,7 @@ LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ,
LUK 17 9 m125 figs-explicit μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 9 jn5s figs-rquestion μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 17 9 m126 μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ 1 he does not have gratitude to the servant Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
LUK 17 9 m127 figs-nominaladj τὰ διαταχθέντα 1 the things commanded Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 17 9 a1fm figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα 1 the things commanded If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 10 m128 figs-nominaladj τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν 1 the things commanded you Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 17 10 ub27 figs-activepassive τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν 1 the things commanded you If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 17 10 m129 figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 say, We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 17 10 m130 figs-exclusive δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν 1 We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do People who would say this would be speaking about themselves but not about God, to whom they would be speaking, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -3264,7 +3261,6 @@ LUK 19 9 m274 figs-metaphor υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ 1 a son of Abraham Jesus ma
LUK 19 9 v3hq figs-idiom υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ 1 a son of Abraham Alternatively, Jesus could be using the expression **son of** as an idiom to mean someone who shares the qualities of someone else. Alternate translation: “a person who has faith as Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 19 10 myp2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 19 10 m275 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 19 10 fqx4 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 19 10 m276 figs-123person τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 19 10 m277 figs-metaphor τὸ ἀπολωλός 1 the lost Jesus is using the term **lost** figuratively. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 19 11 m278 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
@ -3597,7 +3593,7 @@ LUK 20 41 sq2g writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 they say Here Jesus is using
LUK 20 41 b7rb figs-metaphor Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν 1 the son of David Here Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 41 m412 translate-names Δαυεὶδ 1 David **David** is the name of a man, Israels most important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 20 42 y972 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Δαυεὶδ 1 For David himself Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was **David**, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
LUK 20 42 z0vc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: "I ask this question because" See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 20 42 z0vc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: “I ask this question because” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 20 42 m413 λέγει 1 says In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
LUK 20 42 h2al figs-quotesinquotes λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 says in the book of Psalms, The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 20 42 e1i2 figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 The Lord said to my Lord Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse Gods name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@ -3649,7 +3645,7 @@ LUK 21 6 m432 figs-activepassive ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 which
LUK 21 7 rix4 writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτησαν…αὐτὸν 1 they asked him The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 21 7 m433 Διδάσκαλε 1 Teacher **Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
LUK 21 7 a11j figs-explicit πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι 1 when therefore will these things be, and what will be the sign when these things are about to happen The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 21 8 bbri figs-quotesinquotes βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν 1 Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying, I am {he}, and, The time has come near. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 
LUK 21 8 bbri figs-quotesinquotes βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν 1 Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying, I am {he}, and, The time has come near. If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 21 8 vu18 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανηθῆτε 1 you are not deceived If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 21 8 f1ed figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 21 8 h6zp figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am he The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -4252,12 +4248,10 @@ LUK 23 46 mix5 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι
LUK 23 46 m666 τὸ Πνεῦμά μου 1 my spirit The **spirit** of a person lives on after they die. So you could also translate this as a reference to Jesus life after death. Alternate translation: “my life”
LUK 23 46 bd6y figs-euphemism ἐξέπνευσεν 1 he breathed out Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
LUK 23 47 p6lh figs-explicit ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης 1 the centurion The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 47 ar1d figs-nominaladj ἰδὼν…τὸ γενόμενον 1 having seen the thing having happened Luke is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **thing** to show this. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he saw what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 23 47 m667 figs-explicit τὸ γενόμενον 1 the thing having happened This expression is singular and so it refers to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. (The expression is plural in the next verse, where it refers to all of the events of the crucifixiion.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 47 m668 ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων 1 glorified God, saying This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
LUK 23 47 c2ti ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν 1 this man was righteous Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
LUK 23 48 gt8y figs-explicit συνπαραγενόμενοι…ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην 1 that had come together for this spectacle The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 48 yq19 figs-nominaladj θεωρήσαντες τὰ γενόμενα 1 having seen the things having happened Luke is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **things** to show this, since the participle is plural. It refers to all of the events of the crucifixion, not just to the way Jesus died. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when they saw all that had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 23 48 whs7 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεφον 1 returned The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 48 ft9q translate-symaction τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη 1 beating their breasts As in [18:13](../18/13.md), this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 23 49 m669 figs-nominaladj πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ 1 all the ones acquainted with him Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -4279,6 +4273,7 @@ LUK 23 52 tk6r figs-explicit οὗτος 1 This one **This one** implicitly mean
LUK 23 52 m677 figs-explicit οὗτος, προσελθὼν τῷ Πειλάτῳ, ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 This one, approaching Pilate, requested the body of Jesus The implication is that Joseph requested the body of Jesus so that he could give it a proper burial. Ordinarily, to make crucifixion as gruesome a death as possible, the Romans left the dead bodies of people who had been crucified on the crosses to be eaten by wild animals, and they then burned whatever remained in the Valley of Hinnom where, as a note to [12:5](../12/05.md) explains, refuse was thrown and fires burned continually. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why Joseph asked for Jesus body. You could also specify that Pilate gave Joseph permission to bury Jesus, as UST does. Alternate translation: “This man went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 23 53 ec9d grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When Pilate gave Joseph permission to take Jesus body down from the cross and bury it, Joseph did so. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 23 53 f5bq translate-unknown ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι 1 he wrapped it in a linen cloth This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and he wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “and he prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 23 53 pxhf translate-unknown σινδόνι 1 The term **linen cloth** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 23 53 yy3n translate-unknown μνήματι λαξευτῷ 1 a hewn tomb This means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff, as UST suggests. You could express that more specifically, or you could use a general expression if there are no rock cliffs in your area and readers might not understand the meaning. Alternate translation: “a tomb that had been chiseled out of rock” or “a special burial place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 23 53 m5wu figs-doublenegatives οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω κείμενος 1 where no one ever had lain Here Luke uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis, “where no one not yet had not lain.” This stresses the honor that Joseph was showing Jesus by putting his body in a tomb that was being used for the very first time. If your language uses multiple negatives for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You might express the emphasis in other ways, and it may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No body had ever before been put in that tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 23 54 m678 grammar-connect-time-background καὶ 1 And Luke uses **and** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
@ -4342,6 +4337,7 @@ LUK 24 12 rm1d figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 rising up This expression is an idi
LUK 24 12 ax6s figs-explicit παρακύψας 1 stooping down Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bending at the waist in order to look into the low tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 12 m704 βλέπει 1 he sees To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
LUK 24 12 n1tg figs-explicit τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα 1 only the linen cloths The phrase **the linen cloths** refers to the cloths that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus body when he was buried, as described in [23:53](../23/53.md). The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus body had been wrapped, but the body was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 12 d6i2 translate-unknown τὰ ὀθόνια 1 The term **linen cloths** refers to a high quality clothe made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fine cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 24 12 m705 ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός 1 he went away, wondering to himself what had happened This phrase can be understood in two different ways, depending on how the words in it are grouped together. Different versions of the Bible interpret this differently. If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Otherwise, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (1) If the grouping is “he went away, to himself wondering,” then the meaning is as in ULT and UST. (2) If the grouping is “he went away to himself, wondering,” then the meaning is that Peter went back to his own home. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
LUK 24 13 emc5 writing-newevent ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke uses the word **behold** to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 24 13 m706 writing-background δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἦσαν πορευόμενοι εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν 1 on that same day, two of them were going to a distant village Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “there were two disciples who were going to a distant village on that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -4363,7 +4359,6 @@ LUK 24 17 m714 ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί 1 they stood still, gloo
LUK 24 18 m715 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς εἶπεν 1 Then, answering, one named Cleopas said Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Then one named Cleopas responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 24 18 bqc9 translate-names Κλεοπᾶς 1 Cleopas **Cleopas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 24 18 qx7m figs-rquestion σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις? 1 Are you alone visiting Jerusalem and have not known the things that have happened in her in these days? Cleopas does not expect Jesus to tell him whether he is the only visitor to Jerusalem who does not know what has recently happened in the city. Rather, Cleopas is using the question form to show his surprise, since he expects that everyone would know about these events. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person visiting Jerusalem who does not know what has just happened in the city!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 24 18 m716 figs-nominaladj τὰ γενόμενα 1 the things having happened Cleopas is using the participle **having happened**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **things** to show this, since the participle is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the events that have taken place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 24 18 m717 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ 1 in her Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 24 18 m718 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in these days Cleopas is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” or “recently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 24 19 aj5c figs-explicit ποῖα 1 What kind This implicitly means, “**What kind** of things?” But by asking about the quality of the events, rather than just the fact of the events (“What things?”), Jesus is acknowledging that they must have been very special. Alternate translation: “What kind of things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -4470,7 +4465,6 @@ LUK 24 43 j8qf figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν 1 he ate
LUK 24 44 m774 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 These are my words that I spoke to you Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 24 44 tfk8 ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν 1 when I was still with you Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
LUK 24 44 q7x8 figs-merism πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 all the things written about me in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms Jesus is referring figuratively to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
LUK 24 44 m775 figs-nominaladj πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 all the things having been written about me Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything that is written about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 24 44 g76a figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 all the things having been written about me If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 24 44 m776 translate-names ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις 1 in the law of Moses, and in the prophets Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 24 44 m777 figs-synecdoche καὶ ψαλμοῖς 1 in the Psalms Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, **Psalms**, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

View File

@ -2667,8 +2667,8 @@ JHN 21 16 p9vr translate-ordinal δεύτερον 1 do you love me If your langu
JHN 21 16 rfew figs-explicit ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε 1 do you love me The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in the previous verse. See how you translated that similar sentence there. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd takes care of lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 21 17 cysn figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal τὸ τρίτον…τὸ τρίτον 2 He said to him a third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “time number 3 … time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JHN 21 17 kmch figs-explicit φιλεῖς με…φιλεῖς με…φιλῶ σε 2 The three occurrences of **love** in this verse are all the same word in the original language. However, this word is different from the word Jesus used for **love** in the previous two verses when he asked Peter, “Do you love me?” You should use the same word for **love** in this verse that you used for Peters responses in the previous two verses when he said, “You know that I love you.” See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with affection … Do you love me with affection … I love you with affection” or “do you love me like a friend … Do you love me like a friend … I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal τὸ τρίτον…τὸ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “time number 3 … time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JHN 21 17 kmch figs-explicit φιλεῖς με…φιλεῖς με…φιλῶ σε 1 The three occurrences of **love** in this verse are all the same word in the original language. However, this word is different from the word Jesus used for **love** in the previous two verses when he asked Peter, “Do you love me?” You should use the same word for **love** in this verse that you used for Peters responses in the previous two verses when he said, “You know that I love you.” See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with affection … Do you love me with affection … I love you with affection” or “do you love me like a friend … Do you love me like a friend … I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 17 ayds figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, φιλεῖς με 1 He said to him a third time If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked him the third time if he loved him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in verse 15 and “Take care of my sheep” in the previous verse. See how you translated those similar sentences in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 21 18 sqb7 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

View File

@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ EPH front intro e3di 0 # Introduction to Ephesians<br><br><br>## Part 1: Gene
EPH 1 intro fg42 0 # Ephesians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “I pray”<br><br>Paul structures part of this chapter like a prayer of praise to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is teaching the church in Ephesus. He also tells the Ephesians how he is praying for them.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” See the use of the word “predestine” in 1:5, 11. Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])
EPH 1 1 kx1g figs-you 0 General Information: Paul names himself as the writer of this letter to the believers in the church at Ephesus (and elsewhere). Except where noted, all instances of “you” and “your” refer to the Ephesian believers as well as to all believers, and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EPH 1 1 ilf2 Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ…τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν 1 Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus … to the saints who are Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and the intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ … write this letter to you, Gods holy people”
EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him, picturing believers as being surrounded by Christ. Alternate Translation: “in close relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him, picturing believers as being surrounded by Christ. Alternate translation: “in close relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 2 x9ey χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace to you and peace This is a common greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing.
EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EPH 1 3 zdh3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers position and their safety before God.
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ EPH 1 16 scy9 figs-litotes οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν 1 I have
EPH 1 16 aby9 figs-hyperbole οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν 1 I have not stopped giving thanks Paul uses this exaggeration to emphasize that he thanks God very often. Alternate translation: “I continue to thank God” or “I often thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EPH 1 17 abcd grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Paul prays for the Ephesians. The result is that God would enlighten the Ephesians about all that he has done for them through Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ 1 a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him Alternate translation: “spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation”
EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here, **heart** refers to a persons mind or thinking. Alternate Translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here, **heart** refers to a persons mind or thinking. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may give you understanding” or “that God may enlighten your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 1 18 abcg figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart The phrase **eyes of your heart** is a metaphor for ones ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding and be enlightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 1 18 m5j5 πεφωτισμένους 1 that … bay be enlightened Alternate translation: “that … may be made to see”
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ EPH 2 2 i7d4 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου
EPH 2 2 n5d2 τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος 1 the ruler of the authorities of the air This refers to the devil or Satan.
EPH 2 2 bj9y τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν ἐνεργοῦντος 1 the spirit that is now working Alternate translation: “the spirit of Satan, who is currently working”
EPH 2 2 ab9y figs-idiom τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας 1 the sons of disobedience “people who routinely disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EPH 2 3 d3wd figs-metonymy τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν 1 the desires of the body and of the mind The words **body** and **mind** represent the entire person. Alternate Translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 3 d3wd figs-metonymy τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν 1 the desires of the body and of the mind The words **body** and **mind** represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 3 zd6v figs-idiom τέκνα…ὀργῆς 1 children of wrath “people with whom God is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EPH 2 4 abco grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The love and mercy of God is in sharp contrast to the evil way the Ephesians lived before they believed in God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EPH 2 4 chm6 figs-abstractnouns Θεὸς πλούσιος ὢν ἐν ἐλέει 1 God is rich in mercy The word **mercy** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God is abundantly merciful” or “God is very kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ EPH 3 6 pqy3 εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη, συνκληρονόμα…διὰ τ
EPH 3 6 y88q σύνσωμα 1 fellow members of the body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
EPH 3 6 wxs4 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
EPH 3 6 i4h7 διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 through the gospel This could mean: (1) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise. (2) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate Translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 8 e96z figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 riches of Christ Paul speaks of the truth about **Christ** and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 of the mystery that was hidden from the ages in God who created all things If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 3 10 abd3 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of God revealing the mystery of the church to Paul is to enable the rulers in the heavenly places to see the wisdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ EPH 4 1 abda grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore The connecting wor
EPH 4 1 uss5 ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 the prisoner for the Lord Alternate translation: “someone who is in prison because he serves the Lord”
EPH 4 1 zxr1 figs-metaphor ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως 1 to walk worthily of the calling The phrase **to walk** is a common way to express the idea of living ones life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 1 abc5 τῆς κλήσεως ἧς ἐκλήθητε 1 of the calling by which you were called Here, **the calling** refers to the fact that God chose them to be his people. Alternate translation: “because God chose you to be his people”
EPH 4 2 zs6s figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος 1 with all humility and gentleness, with patience The words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience** are abstract nouns. Alternate Translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 2 zs6s figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος 1 with all humility and gentleness, with patience The words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 3 pi5c figs-metaphor τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace Here Paul speaks of **peace** as if it were a **bond** that ties people together. This is a metaphor for being united with other people by living peacefully with them. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 3 ab5c figs-abstractnouns τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace The words **unity** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 4 4 x5kv ἓν σῶμα 1 There is one body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ EPH 5 13 vqi7 figs-metaphor πᾶν…τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐ
EPH 5 14 abdz grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that their sins will be revealed by the light. The result is that sinners should allow Christ to shine on them. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EPH 5 14 z4ar figs-apostrophe ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject. (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EPH 5 14 abcl figs-apostrophe ὁ καθεύδων 1 O sleeper This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing this comment directly to the believers who are reading or hearing the letter. (2) Paul is addressing this comment directly to unbelievers who are not reading or hearing the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EPH 5 14 e873 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again and is a metaphor for becoming alive spiritually and living for God. Alternate Translation: “from among all those who have died” or “from among those who are spiritually dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 14 e873 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again and is a metaphor for becoming alive spiritually and living for God. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died” or “from among those who are spiritually dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 14 ma8w figs-you ἐπιφαύσει σοι 1 will shine on you Here, **you** refers to the “sleeper” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EPH 5 14 ym6b figs-metaphor ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός 1 Christ will shine on you **Christ** will enable an unbeliever to understand how evil his deeds are and how Christ will forgive him and give him new life, just as light shows what actually is there that the darkness had hid. This aso applies to anything that a believer has not yet recognized as sinful. Alternate translation: “Christ will show you what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 15 du5n βλέπετε οὖν ἀκριβῶς πῶς περιπατεῖτε, μὴ ὡς ἄσοφοι, ἀλλ’ ὡς σοφοί 1 Watch carefully, therefore, how you walk—not as unwise but as wise People who are **unwise** do not guard themselves against sin. Wise people, however, can identify sin and flee from it. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you must be careful to live as a wise person rather than a foolish person”
@ -443,10 +443,10 @@ EPH 6 16 n65c figs-metaphor ἐν πᾶσιν ἀναλαβόντες τὸν θ
EPH 6 16 ab5d figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 of the faith The word **faith** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “that represents how much you trust in the Lord” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 6 16 djl5 figs-metaphor τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ πεπυρωμένα 1 the flaming arrows of the evil one The attacks of the devil against a believer are like **flaming arrows** shot at a soldier by an enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 6 17 g2kw figs-metaphor τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε 1 Take the helmet of salvation The **salvation** that God gives protects the believers mind just as a **helmet** protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 6 17 abkw figs-abstractnouns τοῦ σωτηρίου 1 of salvation The word **salvation** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate Translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 6 17 abkw figs-abstractnouns τοῦ σωτηρίου 1 of salvation The word **salvation** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 6 17 c191 figs-metaphor τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God In this metaphor, Gods message is compared to a soldiers **sword**. Just as soldiers use a sword to fight and defeat their enemy, so a believer can use Gods message in the Bible to fight against the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 6 18 mu4w διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit Alternate translation: “Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests”
EPH 6 18 g1i7 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς αὐτὸ 1 to this end The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate Translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 6 18 g1i7 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς αὐτὸ 1 to this end The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EPH 6 18 i5hm figs-abstractnouns ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων 1 be watchful with all perseverance and requests for all the saints The word **perseverance** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “persevere in being alert, and pray for all Gods holy people” or “pray with constant alertness for all the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EPH 6 19 rm1h 0 Connecting Statement: In closing this letter, Paul asks his readers to pray for his boldness in telling the gospel while he is in prison and he says that he is sending Tychicus to comfort them.
EPH 6 19 j135 figs-activepassive ἵνα μοι δοθῇ λόγος 1 so that a message might be given to me If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God might give me the word” or “God might give me the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
3 EPH 1 intro fg42 0 # Ephesians 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “I pray”<br><br>Paul structures part of this chapter like a prayer of praise to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is teaching the church in Ephesus. He also tells the Ephesians how he is praying for them.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” See the use of the word “predestine” in 1:5, 11. Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])
4 EPH 1 1 kx1g figs-you 0 General Information: Paul names himself as the writer of this letter to the believers in the church at Ephesus (and elsewhere). Except where noted, all instances of “you” and “your” refer to the Ephesian believers as well as to all believers, and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5 EPH 1 1 ilf2 Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ…τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν 1 Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus … to the saints who are Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and the intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ … write this letter to you, God’s holy people”
6 EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him, picturing believers as being surrounded by Christ. Alternate Translation: “in close relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him, picturing believers as being surrounded by Christ. Alternate translation: “in close relationship to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7 EPH 1 2 x9ey χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace to you and peace This is a common greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in the beginning of his letters. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing.
8 EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words “us” and “we” refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
9 EPH 1 3 zdh3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers’ position and their safety before God.
48 EPH 1 16 aby9 figs-hyperbole οὐ παύομαι εὐχαριστῶν 1 I have not stopped giving thanks Paul uses this exaggeration to emphasize that he thanks God very often. Alternate translation: “I continue to thank God” or “I often thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
49 EPH 1 17 abcd grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that Paul prays for the Ephesians. The result is that God would enlighten the Ephesians about all that he has done for them through Christ. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
50 EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ 1 a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him Alternate translation: “spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation”
51 EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or thinking. Alternate Translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or thinking. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
52 EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may give you understanding” or “that God may enlighten your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
53 EPH 1 18 abcg figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart The phrase **eyes of your heart** is a metaphor for one’s ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: “that you may gain understanding and be enlightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
54 EPH 1 18 m5j5 πεφωτισμένους 1 that … bay be enlightened Alternate translation: “that … may be made to see”
84 EPH 2 2 n5d2 τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος 1 the ruler of the authorities of the air This refers to the devil or Satan.
85 EPH 2 2 bj9y τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν ἐνεργοῦντος 1 the spirit that is now working Alternate translation: “the spirit of Satan, who is currently working”
86 EPH 2 2 ab9y figs-idiom τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας 1 the sons of disobedience “people who routinely disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
87 EPH 2 3 d3wd figs-metonymy τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν 1 the desires of the body and of the mind The words **body** and **mind** represent the entire person. Alternate Translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) The words **body** and **mind** represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “the selfish things that people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
88 EPH 2 3 zd6v figs-idiom τέκνα…ὀργῆς 1 children of wrath “people with whom God is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
89 EPH 2 4 abco grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. The love and mercy of God is in sharp contrast to the evil way the Ephesians lived before they believed in God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
90 EPH 2 4 chm6 figs-abstractnouns Θεὸς πλούσιος ὢν ἐν ἐλέει 1 God is rich in mercy The word **mercy** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “God is abundantly merciful” or “God is very kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
167 EPH 3 6 y88q σύνσωμα 1 fellow members of the body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
168 EPH 3 6 wxs4 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus The phrase **in Christ Jesus** and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
169 EPH 3 6 i4h7 διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 through the gospel This could mean: (1) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow sharers in the promise. (2) because of the **gospel**, the Gentiles are fellow heirs and members of the body and fellow sharers in the promise.
170 EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate Translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Paul speaks of everything that Christ offers as something so physically vast that it cannot be fully explored. Alternate translation: “unable to be completely known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171 EPH 3 8 e96z figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 riches of Christ Paul speaks of the truth about **Christ** and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
172 EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 of the mystery that was hidden from the ages in God who created all things If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
173 EPH 3 10 abd3 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that The connecting phrase **so that** introduces a goal relationship. The goal or purpose of God revealing the mystery of the church to Paul is to enable the rulers in the heavenly places to see the wisdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
216 EPH 4 1 uss5 ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 the prisoner for the Lord Alternate translation: “someone who is in prison because he serves the Lord”
217 EPH 4 1 zxr1 figs-metaphor ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως 1 to walk worthily of the calling The phrase **to walk** is a common way to express the idea of living one’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
218 EPH 4 1 abc5 τῆς κλήσεως ἧς ἐκλήθητε 1 of the calling by which you were called Here, **the calling** refers to the fact that God chose them to be his people. Alternate translation: “because God chose you to be his people”
219 EPH 4 2 zs6s figs-abstractnouns μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραΰτητος 1 with all humility and gentleness, with patience The words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience** are abstract nouns. Alternate Translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) The words **humility**, **gentleness**, and **patience** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
220 EPH 4 3 pi5c figs-metaphor τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace Here Paul speaks of **peace** as if it were a **bond** that ties people together. This is a metaphor for being united with other people by living peacefully with them. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
221 EPH 4 3 ab5c figs-abstractnouns τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace The words **unity** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: “to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
222 EPH 4 4 x5kv ἓν σῶμα 1 There is one body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ.
348 EPH 5 14 abdz grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore The connecting word **Therefore** introduces a reason-result relationship. The reason is that their sins will be revealed by the light. The result is that sinners should allow Christ to shine on them. Use a phrase in your language that connects a reason to a result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
349 EPH 5 14 z4ar figs-apostrophe ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Awake, O sleeper, and arise from the dead This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing the believers and using death as a metaphor for their areas of spiritual weakness that they need to become aware of and reject. (2) Paul is addressing unbelievers who need to wake up from being dead spiritually just as a person who has died must come alive again in order to respond. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
350 EPH 5 14 abcl figs-apostrophe ὁ καθεύδων 1 O sleeper This could mean: (1) Paul is addressing this comment directly to the believers who are reading or hearing the letter. (2) Paul is addressing this comment directly to unbelievers who are not reading or hearing the letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
351 EPH 5 14 e873 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again and is a metaphor for becoming alive spiritually and living for God. Alternate Translation: “from among all those who have died” or “from among those who are spiritually dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To arise from among them speaks of becoming alive again and is a metaphor for becoming alive spiritually and living for God. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died” or “from among those who are spiritually dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
352 EPH 5 14 ma8w figs-you ἐπιφαύσει σοι 1 will shine on you Here, **you** refers to the “sleeper” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
353 EPH 5 14 ym6b figs-metaphor ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός 1 Christ will shine on you **Christ** will enable an unbeliever to understand how evil his deeds are and how Christ will forgive him and give him new life, just as light shows what actually is there that the darkness had hid. This aso applies to anything that a believer has not yet recognized as sinful. Alternate translation: “Christ will show you what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
354 EPH 5 15 du5n βλέπετε οὖν ἀκριβῶς πῶς περιπατεῖτε, μὴ ὡς ἄσοφοι, ἀλλ’ ὡς σοφοί 1 Watch carefully, therefore, how you walk—not as unwise but as wise People who are **unwise** do not guard themselves against sin. Wise people, however, can identify sin and flee from it. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you must be careful to live as a wise person rather than a foolish person”
443 EPH 6 16 ab5d figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 of the faith The word **faith** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “that represents how much you trust in the Lord” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
444 EPH 6 16 djl5 figs-metaphor τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ πεπυρωμένα 1 the flaming arrows of the evil one The attacks of the devil against a believer are like **flaming arrows** shot at a soldier by an enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
445 EPH 6 17 g2kw figs-metaphor τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε 1 Take the helmet of salvation The **salvation** that God gives protects the believer’s mind just as a **helmet** protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
446 EPH 6 17 abkw figs-abstractnouns τοῦ σωτηρίου 1 of salvation The word **salvation** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate Translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) The word **salvation** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “that represents the fact that God has saved you” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
447 EPH 6 17 c191 figs-metaphor τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God In this metaphor, God’s message is compared to a soldier’s **sword**. Just as soldiers use a sword to fight and defeat their enemy, so a believer can use God’s message in the Bible to fight against the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
448 EPH 6 18 mu4w διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit Alternate translation: “Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests”
449 EPH 6 18 g1i7 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς αὐτὸ 1 to this end The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate Translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) The connecting phrase **to this end** marks a goal or purpose relationship. The goal is what was just mentioned: to pray at all times in the Spirit. In order to do that, believers must be watchful and persevere in making requests for all the saints. Alternate translation: “for this reason” or “in order to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
450 EPH 6 18 i5hm figs-abstractnouns ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων 1 be watchful with all perseverance and requests for all the saints The word **perseverance** is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “persevere in being alert, and pray for all God’s holy people” or “pray with constant alertness for all the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
451 EPH 6 19 rm1h 0 Connecting Statement: In closing this letter, Paul asks his readers to pray for his boldness in telling the gospel while he is in prison and he says that he is sending Tychicus to comfort them.
452 EPH 6 19 j135 figs-activepassive ἵνα μοι δοθῇ λόγος 1 so that a message might be given to me If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God might give me the word” or “God might give me the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

View File

@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ PHP 3 5 we4t κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος 1 according to the law, a
PHP 3 6 f81s κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 In this verse Paul finishes naming the things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ.
PHP 3 6 ksr3 figs-explicit κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 according to zeal, persecuting the church Here, the phrase **persecuting the church** is explaining the extent of Pauls **zeal**. Before Paul believed in Jesus, he thought that by **persecuting the church**, he was serving God and ensuring that the law of Moses was honored and obeyed. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of the phrase **according to zeal, persecuting the church**, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “having so much desire to serve God that I persecuted the church” or “wanting so much to honor God, I persecuted the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 3 6 n51b grammar-collectivenouns τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 persecuting the church Here, **church** is a collective noun. The phrase **the church** refers to Christians as a whole and includes anyone belonging to the group of people who follow Jesus. What Paul means by saying that he had persecuted **the church** is that he formerly persecuted anyone who was a Christian. Alternate translation: “persecuting Christians” or “persecuting anyone who was a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
PHP 3 6 hln8 figs-explicit κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 according to righteousness that is under the law, having become blameless The phrase **righteousness that is in the law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating it plainly. Alternate Translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 3 6 hln8 figs-explicit κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 according to righteousness that is under the law, having become blameless The phrase **righteousness that is in the law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 3 7 i2td grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 This entire verse is Pauls response to the seven things he listed in [3:56](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
PHP 3 7 lb8f figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 a profit … loss In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-explicit ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 Whatever was a profit for me Here, the phrase **Whatever was profit to me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:56](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
275 PHP 3 6 f81s κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 In this verse Paul finishes naming the things in which he put his confidence before he believed in Christ.
276 PHP 3 6 ksr3 figs-explicit κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 according to zeal, persecuting the church Here, the phrase **persecuting the church** is explaining the extent of Paul’s **zeal**. Before Paul believed in Jesus, he thought that by **persecuting the church**, he was serving God and ensuring that the law of Moses was honored and obeyed. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of the phrase **according to zeal, persecuting the church**, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: “having so much desire to serve God that I persecuted the church” or “wanting so much to honor God, I persecuted the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
277 PHP 3 6 n51b grammar-collectivenouns τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 persecuting the church Here, **church** is a collective noun. The phrase **the church** refers to Christians as a whole and includes anyone belonging to the group of people who follow Jesus. What Paul means by saying that he had persecuted **the church** is that he formerly persecuted anyone who was a Christian. Alternate translation: “persecuting Christians” or “persecuting anyone who was a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
278 PHP 3 6 hln8 figs-explicit κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 according to righteousness that is under the law, having become blameless The phrase **righteousness that is in the law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating it plainly. Alternate Translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) The phrase **righteousness that is in the law** refers to obeying the righteous guidelines for living that the law of Moses required. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating it plainly. Alternate translation: “As regards obeying the law of Moses, no one could say that I ever disobeyed the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
279 PHP 3 7 i2td grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 This entire verse is Paul’s response to the seven things he listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
280 PHP 3 7 lb8f figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 a profit … loss In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
281 PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-explicit ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 Whatever was a profit for me Here, the phrase **Whatever was profit to me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

View File

@ -431,15 +431,15 @@ COL 3 17 uix9 figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in th
COL 3 17 bv84 figs-explicit δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him The phrase **through him** does not mean that the prayers of thanks are mediated to God the Father by God the Son. Rather, it is **through** the Son that the Colossians are able to give thanks. This means that they can give thanks because of what the Son has done for them. If that meaning of **through him** would not be understood in your language, you could express the idea with a preposition such as “because” or clarify that it is **through** the “work” of the Son. Alternate translation: “because of what he has done” or “through his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 3 18 tt9u αἱ γυναῖκες 1 Wives, submit to your husbands Here Paul directly addresses the **wives** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You wives”
COL 3 18 gtft figs-activepassive ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 is fitting If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form with a verb such as “obey” or “submit.” Alternate translation: “obey your husbands” or “submit to your husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
COL 3 18 dc5v figs-explicit τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 is fitting Here Paul does not explicitly state that wives must **be subjected** to “their own” husbands. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each wifes husband in mind. Alternate translation: “to {your own} husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 3 18 dc5v figs-explicit τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 is fitting Here Paul does not explicitly state that wives must **be subjected** to “their own” husbands. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each wifes husband in mind. Alternate translation: “to your own husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 3 18 juqx grammar-connect-logic-result ὡς 1 is fitting Here, the word **as** functions to introduce the reason why “wives” should “be subjected to” their **husbands**. If **as** does not indicate a reason in your language, you could express this idea using a causal word such as “since” or “because.” Alternate translation: “because this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
COL 3 18 b2y3 translate-unknown ἀνῆκεν 1 is fitting The phrase **is fitting** refers to what or to whom something properly belongs. If **is fitting** would be misunderstood your language, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that identifies proper behavior in specific circumstances. Alternate translation: “is suitable” or “suits your position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
COL 3 18 y1m8 figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 is fitting Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of believers with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord** or united to the Lord is the standard for how to behave. Alternate translation: “in your union with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 3 19 apyy οἱ ἄνδρες 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul directly addresses the **husbands** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You husbands”
COL 3 19 n9dm figs-explicit τὰς γυναῖκας 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul does not explicitly state that husbands must **love** “their own” wives. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each husbands wife in mind. Alternate translation: “{your own} wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 3 19 n9dm figs-explicit τὰς γυναῖκας 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul does not explicitly state that husbands must **love** “their own” wives. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each husbands wife in mind. Alternate translation: “your own wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 3 19 lc4a translate-unknown μὴ πικραίνεσθε πρὸς 1 do not be embittered against The phrase **be embittered** could refer to (1) the husband doing or saying things that cause his wife to be bitter or upset with him. Alternate translation: “do not do what makes them bitter against you” (2) the husband becoming bitter or upside with his wife for doing or saying certain things. Alternate translation: “do not become bitter against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
COL 3 20 mlu2 τὰ τέκνα 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul directly addresses the **Children** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You children”
COL 3 20 imh3 figs-explicit τοῖς γονεῦσιν 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul does not explicitly state that children must **obey** “their own” parents. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each childs parents in mind. Alternate translation: “{your own} parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 3 20 imh3 figs-explicit τοῖς γονεῦσιν 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul does not explicitly state that children must **obey** “their own” parents. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each childs parents in mind. Alternate translation: “your own parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 3 20 gu2o figs-idiom κατὰ πάντα 1 do not be embittered against The phrase **in all things** is an idiom that indicates that children should obey “everything their parents command” or “in every situation.” If **in all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **things** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
COL 3 20 kadq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 do not be embittered against The word **for** introduces the basis or reason for somethin; here it is Pauls command to children. Use a word that indicates the reason for a command in your language. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
COL 3 20 vbad translate-unknown εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν 1 do not be embittered against If something **is pleasing**, that means that the person it “pleases” finds that thing acceptable, agreeable, or pleasant. If **is pleasing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that emphasizes that obedience to parents is something that is acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “is acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ COL 3 21 fvi7 figs-activepassive μὴ ἀθυμῶσιν 1 do not provoke your
COL 3 21 bjk2 translate-unknown ἀθυμῶσιν 1 do not provoke your children The phrase **they may … be discouraged** describes the feeling of despair or hopelessness. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “they may … despair” or “they may … lose heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
COL 3 22 lf6k οἱ δοῦλοι 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers Here Paul directly addresses the **Slaves** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You slaves”
COL 3 22 cx6a figs-idiom τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις 1 obey your masters according to the flesh The phrase **according to the flesh** describes the **masters** as humans on this earth. Paul uses this phrase to describe these **masters** because he is already setting up a contrast with the “Master” over these masters: Jesus (see [4:1](../04/01.md)). If **according to the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with an adjective such as “human” or “earthly.” Alternate translation: “your earthly masters” or “your human masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
COL 3 22 o6mi figs-explicit τοῖς…κυρίοις 1 obey your masters according to the flesh Here Paul does not explicitly state that slaves must **obey** “their own” masters. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each slaves master in mind. Alternate translation: “{your own} masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 3 22 o6mi figs-explicit τοῖς…κυρίοις 1 obey your masters according to the flesh Here Paul does not explicitly state that slaves must **obey** “their own” masters. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each slaves master in mind. Alternate translation: “your own masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
COL 3 22 iy1n figs-idiom κατὰ πάντα 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers Just as in [3:20](../03/20.md), the phrase **in all things** is an idiom that indicates that slaves should obey “everything their masters command” or “in every situation.” If **in all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **things** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
COL 3 22 p36t translate-unknown μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers The word **eyeservice** describes how people sometimes behave to look good more than to do the right thing. If **eyeservice** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase such as “wanting to look impressive.” Alternate translation: “not focusing on how you appear to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
COL 3 22 b5en translate-unknown ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers The phrase **people pleasers** describes the kind of people who care about “eyeservice.” Here, **people pleasers** are those who focus on impressing humans rather than doing what God desires. If these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could emphasize that **people pleasers** want to please humans only, not God. Alternate translation: “as people who want to please humans rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
431 COL 3 17 bv84 figs-explicit δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him The phrase **through him** does not mean that the prayers of thanks are mediated to God the Father by God the Son. Rather, it is **through** the Son that the Colossians are able to give thanks. This means that they can give thanks because of what the Son has done for them. If that meaning of **through him** would not be understood in your language, you could express the idea with a preposition such as “because” or clarify that it is **through** the “work” of the Son. Alternate translation: “because of what he has done” or “through his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
432 COL 3 18 tt9u αἱ γυναῖκες 1 Wives, submit to your husbands Here Paul directly addresses the **wives** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You wives”
433 COL 3 18 gtft figs-activepassive ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 is fitting If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form with a verb such as “obey” or “submit.” Alternate translation: “obey your husbands” or “submit to your husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
434 COL 3 18 dc5v figs-explicit τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 is fitting Here Paul does not explicitly state that wives must **be subjected** to “their own” husbands. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each wife’s husband in mind. Alternate translation: “to {your own} husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here Paul does not explicitly state that wives must **be subjected** to “their own” husbands. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each wife’s husband in mind. Alternate translation: “to your own husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
435 COL 3 18 juqx grammar-connect-logic-result ὡς 1 is fitting Here, the word **as** functions to introduce the reason why “wives” should “be subjected to” their **husbands**. If **as** does not indicate a reason in your language, you could express this idea using a causal word such as “since” or “because.” Alternate translation: “because this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
436 COL 3 18 b2y3 translate-unknown ἀνῆκεν 1 is fitting The phrase **is fitting** refers to what or to whom something properly belongs. If **is fitting** would be misunderstood your language, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that identifies proper behavior in specific circumstances. Alternate translation: “is suitable” or “suits your position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
437 COL 3 18 y1m8 figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 is fitting Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in the Lord** to describe the union of believers with Christ. In this case, being **in the Lord** or united to the Lord is the standard for how to behave. Alternate translation: “in your union with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
438 COL 3 19 apyy οἱ ἄνδρες 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul directly addresses the **husbands** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You husbands”
439 COL 3 19 n9dm figs-explicit τὰς γυναῖκας 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul does not explicitly state that husbands must **love** “their own” wives. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each husband’s wife in mind. Alternate translation: “{your own} wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here Paul does not explicitly state that husbands must **love** “their own” wives. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each husband’s wife in mind. Alternate translation: “your own wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
440 COL 3 19 lc4a translate-unknown μὴ πικραίνεσθε πρὸς 1 do not be embittered against The phrase **be embittered** could refer to (1) the husband doing or saying things that cause his wife to be bitter or upset with him. Alternate translation: “do not do what makes them bitter against you” (2) the husband becoming bitter or upside with his wife for doing or saying certain things. Alternate translation: “do not become bitter against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
441 COL 3 20 mlu2 τὰ τέκνα 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul directly addresses the **Children** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You children”
442 COL 3 20 imh3 figs-explicit τοῖς γονεῦσιν 1 do not be embittered against Here Paul does not explicitly state that children must **obey** “their own” parents. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each child’s parents in mind. Alternate translation: “{your own} parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here Paul does not explicitly state that children must **obey** “their own” parents. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each child’s parents in mind. Alternate translation: “your own parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
443 COL 3 20 gu2o figs-idiom κατὰ πάντα 1 do not be embittered against The phrase **in all things** is an idiom that indicates that children should obey “everything their parents command” or “in every situation.” If **in all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **things** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
444 COL 3 20 kadq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 do not be embittered against The word **for** introduces the basis or reason for somethin; here it is Paul’s command to children. Use a word that indicates the reason for a command in your language. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
445 COL 3 20 vbad translate-unknown εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν 1 do not be embittered against If something **is pleasing**, that means that the person it “pleases” finds that thing acceptable, agreeable, or pleasant. If **is pleasing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word that emphasizes that obedience to parents is something that is acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “is acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
452 COL 3 21 bjk2 translate-unknown ἀθυμῶσιν 1 do not provoke your children The phrase **they may … be discouraged** describes the feeling of despair or hopelessness. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “they may … despair” or “they may … lose heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
453 COL 3 22 lf6k οἱ δοῦλοι 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers Here Paul directly addresses the **Slaves** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You slaves”
454 COL 3 22 cx6a figs-idiom τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις 1 obey your masters according to the flesh The phrase **according to the flesh** describes the **masters** as humans on this earth. Paul uses this phrase to describe these **masters** because he is already setting up a contrast with the “Master” over these masters: Jesus (see [4:1](../04/01.md)). If **according to the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with an adjective such as “human” or “earthly.” Alternate translation: “your earthly masters” or “your human masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
455 COL 3 22 o6mi figs-explicit τοῖς…κυρίοις 1 obey your masters according to the flesh Here Paul does not explicitly state that slaves must **obey** “their own” masters. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each slave’s master in mind. Alternate translation: “{your own} masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here Paul does not explicitly state that slaves must **obey** “their own” masters. However, Paul writes this sentence in such a way that the Colossians would have understood him to mean this. The ULT includes **{your}** because this is an essential part of what Paul is saying. Use a form in your language that specifies that Paul has each slave’s master in mind. Alternate translation: “your own masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
456 COL 3 22 iy1n figs-idiom κατὰ πάντα 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers Just as in [3:20](../03/20.md), the phrase **in all things** is an idiom that indicates that slaves should obey “everything their masters command” or “in every situation.” If **in all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or indicate what the **things** are. Alternate translation: “in everything they tell you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
457 COL 3 22 p36t translate-unknown μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers The word **eyeservice** describes how people sometimes behave to look good more than to do the right thing. If **eyeservice** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or a short phrase such as “wanting to look impressive.” Alternate translation: “not focusing on how you appear to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
458 COL 3 22 b5en translate-unknown ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι 1 all things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers The phrase **people pleasers** describes the kind of people who care about “eyeservice.” Here, **people pleasers** are those who focus on impressing humans rather than doing what God desires. If these words would be misunderstood in your language, you could emphasize that **people pleasers** want to please humans only, not God. Alternate translation: “as people who want to please humans rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

View File

@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 3 ycsw figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you could express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 4 3 lit4 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the commands from the Lord Jesus in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 3 vnp0 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is Gods will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1TH 4 3 mw4j τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ , ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν 1 For this is the will of God, your sanctification Here begins a list spanning through [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means in this context. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of a topic.
1TH 4 3 mw4j τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν 1 For this is the will of God, your sanctification Here begins a list spanning through [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means in this context. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of a topic.
1TH 4 3 lgac figs-distinguish ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality This phrase gives us further information about what is meant by **sanctification**. Paul is defining the **sanctification** God wants for his people by forbidding **sexually immorality**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 4 3 lhxi figs-imperative ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality The following list of verb forms in [4:3-6](../04/03.md) could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb forms are likely meant to express a strong suggestion or appeal. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “you yourselves must refrain” or “you should withhold yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 4 4 u98k figs-distinguish εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wifes body and his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10-18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Pauls meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 9 h5y2 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **wrath** refers to Gods future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TH 5 9 lrx6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TH 5 9 l89q figs-possession πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 5 8 l89q figs-possession πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 5 9 erz5 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…εἰς 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **to … to** introduces two purpose clauses. Paul is stating the purpose or goal for which God **appointed** the two types of people described in [5:38](../05/03.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1TH 5 9 qmo5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 whether we might be awake or asleep What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to **wrath**. Here Paul emphasizes that Gods true people will not experience his final punishment. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but actually” or “but instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 9 qfcf figs-possession εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, the phrase translated **to obtain salvation** is a possessive form that Paul uses to indicate that **salvation** is something that belongs to Gods people. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for the possessing of salvation” or “for the acquiring of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 26 j46q figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 brothers Here, **Greet** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 5 26 dwl8 figs-idiom τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας 1 brothers Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian churchand by extensionall Christians. Alternate translation: “all believers in Christ” or “all Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 5 26 v9iy translate-symaction ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 brothers This action was an expression of Christian affection in this culture. It showed the unity of those who belong to Christ. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1TH 5 27 xn0n writing-oathformulas ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read The phrase **I solemnly charge you by the Lord** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “You must make a vow to the Lord that you will read this letter” or “I put you under oath to the Lord that this letter must be read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas]])
1TH 5 27 xn0n writing-oathformula ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read The phrase **I solemnly charge you by the Lord** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “You must make a vow to the Lord that you will read this letter” or “I put you under oath to the Lord that this letter must be read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula]])
1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-explicit ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read It is assumed that this letter would be read out loud by someone in the local church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to have this letter read aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 5 27 yp7e figs-activepassive ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to make sure you read this letter out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TH 5 27 mtvd figs-idiom πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian churchand by extensionall Christians (See [5:26](../05/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the whole church at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
282 1TH 4 3 ycsw figs-abstractnouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you could express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
283 1TH 4 3 lit4 grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the commands from the Lord Jesus in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
284 1TH 4 3 vnp0 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
285 1TH 4 3 mw4j τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ , ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν 1 For this is the will of God, your sanctification Here begins a list spanning through [4:3-8](../04/03.md) that explains what **sanctification** means in this context. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of a topic.
286 1TH 4 3 lgac figs-distinguish ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality This phrase gives us further information about what is meant by **sanctification**. Paul is defining the **sanctification** God wants for his people by forbidding **sexually immorality**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
287 1TH 4 3 lhxi figs-imperative ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς 1 for you to keep from sexual immorality The following list of verb forms in [4:3-6](../04/03.md) could be translated as commands (See [4:2](../04/02.md)). Here, the verb forms are likely meant to express a strong suggestion or appeal. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “you yourselves must refrain” or “you should withhold yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
288 1TH 4 4 u98k figs-distinguish εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wife’s body and his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
421 1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10-18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
422 1TH 5 9 h5y2 figs-abstractnouns ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
423 1TH 5 9 lrx6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
424 1TH 5 9 8 l89q figs-possession πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας 1 having put on the breastplate of faith and of love Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
425 1TH 5 9 erz5 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…εἰς 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, **to … to** introduces two purpose clauses. Paul is stating the purpose or goal for which God **appointed** the two types of people described in [5:3–8](../05/03.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
426 1TH 5 9 qmo5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 whether we might be awake or asleep What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to **wrath**. Here Paul emphasizes that God’s true people will not experience his final punishment. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but actually” or “but instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
427 1TH 5 9 qfcf figs-possession εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας 1 whether we might be awake or asleep Here, the phrase translated **to obtain salvation** is a possessive form that Paul uses to indicate that **salvation** is something that belongs to God’s people. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for the possessing of salvation” or “for the acquiring of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
487 1TH 5 26 j46q figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 brothers Here, **Greet** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
488 1TH 5 26 dwl8 figs-idiom τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας 1 brothers Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian church–and by extension–all Christians. Alternate translation: “all believers in Christ” or “all Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
489 1TH 5 26 v9iy translate-symaction ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 brothers This action was an expression of Christian affection in this culture. It showed the unity of those who belong to Christ. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
490 1TH 5 27 xn0n writing-oathformulas writing-oathformula ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read The phrase **I solemnly charge you by the Lord** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “You must make a vow to the Lord that you will read this letter” or “I put you under oath to the Lord that this letter must be read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformulas]]) The phrase **I solemnly charge you by the Lord** is an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “You must make a vow to the Lord that you will read this letter” or “I put you under oath to the Lord that this letter must be read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula]])
491 1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-explicit ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read It is assumed that this letter would be read out loud by someone in the local church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to have this letter read aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
492 1TH 5 27 yp7e figs-activepassive ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to make sure you read this letter out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
493 1TH 5 27 mtvd figs-idiom πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read Here, **all the brothers** is an idiom that refers to the whole Thessalonian church–and by extension–all Christians (See [5:26](../05/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the whole church at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

View File

@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can express this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
1TI 2 7 h18q διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth Here, **faith and truth** could mean: (1) the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) Pauls character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
1TI 2 7 t201 figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TI 2 7 t202 ἐθνῶν 1 the nations This term **the nations** refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “of the Gentiles” or “of non-Jewish people groups”
1TI 2 7 t202 translate-names ἐθνῶν 1 the Gentiles This word **Gentiles** is the name for people groups that are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “of non-Jewish people groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1TI 2 8 a841 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 the men in every place Here the word **men** refers specifically to males. The term is not generic, since Paul addresses women next. Alternate translations: “the males in all places” or “men everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 2 8 unw6 translate-symaction ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας 1 to pray, lifting up holy hands It was the customary posture in this culture for people to raise their **hands** while praying. You could translate this in a way that would make that clear. Alternate translation: “reverently lifting up their hands in the customary way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1TI 2 8 yzg3 figs-synecdoche προσεύχεσθαι…ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας 1 to pray, lifting up holy hands Paul describes one part of the person, the **hands**, as holy to indicate that the entire person is to be holy. Alternate translation: “lifting up their hands to pray in holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -208,7 +208,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 3 m1d6 figs-explicit ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων 1 to abstain from foods The implication of this phrase is that these false teachers will forbid only certain **foods** and that they will impose this restriction on believers. Alternate translation: “they will forbid believers to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 4 3 t293 figs-doublet τοῖς πιστοῖς καὶ ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the faithful and the ones knowing the truth These two expressions mean the same thing. Paul uses them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “by the genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TI 4 3 t294 figs-nominaladj τοῖς πιστοῖς 1 the faithful Paul is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “by people who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 4 3 t295 figs-nominaladj ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the ones knowing the truth Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who understand the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 4 4 pppf grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The word **For** communicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul just said. Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “that is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1TI 4 4 dv4s figs-distinguish πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ καλόν 1 every creature of God is good If your readers would misunderstand the phrase**every creation**, you could express the idea behind the expression **creation of God** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “everything that God created is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TI 4 4 a15j figs-activepassive οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον 1 nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -274,7 +273,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 5 u1lj figs-ellipsis προσμένει ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 continues in requests and prayers Paul leaves a verb unexpressed here that your language might need to express. Alternate translations: “continues in making requests and prayers” or “continues to make requests and to offer prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-hendiadys ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 in requests and prayers The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
1TI 5 5 rb9f figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day The words **night** and **day** are used together to mean that she prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that she prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TI 5 6 t353 figs-nominaladj ἡ…σπαταλῶσα 1 the one cavorting Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to describe a certain kind of widow. It does not refer to a specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any widow who lives wantonly and extravagantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 6 qy5h figs-metaphor ζῶσα τέθνηκεν 1 living, has died Paul speaks figuratively about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 7 qw6m καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν 1 Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
1TI 5 8 p7h2 figs-idiom τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ 1 someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -302,14 +300,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 13 cym5 φλύαροι 1 babblers Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense”
1TI 5 14 u94k τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ 1 the one opposing This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 having … turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 16 g8k5 figs-nominaladj τις πιστὴ 1 any believing woman Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **believing woman**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 16 mf4s figs-explicit ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 16 y6hf figs-metaphor καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down Paul speaks figuratively of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 16 t384 figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 genuine widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If your readers would misunderstand the passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 of double honor Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-nominaladj οἱ κοπιῶντες 1 the ones toiling Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **toiling**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TI 5 17 t390 figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 the word Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TI 5 18 kh55 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For the Scripture says Paul figuratively describes Scripture as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -321,7 +317,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 19 af68 grammar-connect-exceptions κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ 1 do not receive an accusation, except if If, in your language, it would appear that Paul was making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this statement to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only believe that an accusation is true if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1TI 5 19 t399 figs-ellipsis ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων 1 on two or three witnesses Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
1TI 5 20 m4uh figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 1 the ones sinning Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. This could refer to: (1) any believers who are sinning. Alternate translation: “believers who are sinning” (2) elders. Alternate translation: “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 5 20 db63 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον…πάντων 1 before all Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 20 ql4m figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 so that the rest also may have fear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 5 20 t404 figs-idiom φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 may have fear This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -378,7 +373,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 8 lbk5 figs-declarative ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 1 we will be satisfied Here Paul uses a statement in order to express a moral imperative. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1TI 6 8 t451 figs-activepassive ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 1 we will be satisfied If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 9 ij4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Now Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that he is returning to the topic of those who think being godly will make them wealthy. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TI 6 9 t453 figs-nominaladj οἱ…βουλόμενοι 1 the ones wanting Paul is using this participle, which functions as adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 6 9 pl5d figs-metaphor ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα 1 fall into temptation and a trap Paul speaks figuratively about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 9 gfy7 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς 1 and many foolish and harmful desires This phrase continues the figure of speech from the previous phrase. Paul speaks about these desires if they too were a hole that a hunter was using as a trap. Alternate translation: “and will experience destructive impulses than they cannot overcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 9 t456 figs-hendiadys ἐπιθυμίας…ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς 1 foolish and harmful desires Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **foolish** tells why these desires are **harmful**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “destructive impulses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@ -411,7 +405,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 6 15 t482 figs-idiom καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 in its own times See how you translated this expression in [2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “at the time that God will choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 6 15 ac6y figs-explicit ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης 1 the blessed and only Sovereign This expression refers implicitly to God. Alternate translation: “God, the One we praise, who alone rules over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TI 6 16 l9i8 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Alternate translation: “the only one who has always existed”
1TI 6 16 t485 figs-nominaladj ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Paul is using the participle **having**, which functions as adjective, as a noun, to refer to God as a member, though the only member, of a class that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the only One who has always existed and always will exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 6 16 tsz3 φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον 1 occupying unapproachable ligh Alternate translation: “who lives in light so bright that no one can come near it”
1TI 6 16 t487 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων 1 none of men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TI 6 17 te3z figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 the rich Paul is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
109 1TI 2 7 yllf ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can express this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
110 1TI 2 7 h18q διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth Here, **faith and truth** could mean: (1) the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
111 1TI 2 7 t201 figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 a teacher of the nations in faith and truth If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
112 1TI 2 7 t202 translate-names ἐθνῶν 1 the nations the Gentiles This term **the nations** refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “of the Gentiles” or “of non-Jewish people groups” This word **Gentiles** is the name for people groups that are not Jewish. Alternate translation: “of non-Jewish people groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
113 1TI 2 8 a841 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 the men in every place Here the word **men** refers specifically to males. The term is not generic, since Paul addresses women next. Alternate translations: “the males in all places” or “men everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
114 1TI 2 8 unw6 translate-symaction ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας 1 to pray, lifting up holy hands It was the customary posture in this culture for people to raise their **hands** while praying. You could translate this in a way that would make that clear. Alternate translation: “reverently lifting up their hands in the customary way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
115 1TI 2 8 yzg3 figs-synecdoche προσεύχεσθαι…ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας 1 to pray, lifting up holy hands Paul describes one part of the person, the **hands**, as holy to indicate that the entire person is to be holy. Alternate translation: “lifting up their hands to pray in holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
208 1TI 4 3 m1d6 figs-explicit ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων 1 to abstain from foods The implication of this phrase is that these false teachers will forbid only certain **foods** and that they will impose this restriction on believers. Alternate translation: “they will forbid believers to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
209 1TI 4 3 t293 figs-doublet τοῖς πιστοῖς καὶ ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the faithful and the ones knowing the truth These two expressions mean the same thing. Paul uses them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “by the genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
210 1TI 4 3 t294 figs-nominaladj τοῖς πιστοῖς 1 the faithful Paul is using the adjective **faithful** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “by people who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TI 4 3 t295 figs-nominaladj ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the ones knowing the truth Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who understand the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
211 1TI 4 4 pppf grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For The word **For** communicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul just said. Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “that is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
212 1TI 4 4 dv4s figs-distinguish πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ καλόν 1 every creature of God is good If your readers would misunderstand the phrase**every creation**, you could express the idea behind the expression **creation of God** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “everything that God created is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
213 1TI 4 4 a15j figs-activepassive οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον 1 nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
273 1TI 5 5 u1lj figs-ellipsis προσμένει ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 continues in requests and prayers Paul leaves a verb unexpressed here that your language might need to express. Alternate translations: “continues in making requests and prayers” or “continues to make requests and to offer prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
274 1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-hendiadys ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 in requests and prayers The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
275 1TI 5 5 rb9f figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day The words **night** and **day** are used together to mean that she prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that she prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1TI 5 6 t353 figs-nominaladj ἡ…σπαταλῶσα 1 the one cavorting Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to describe a certain kind of widow. It does not refer to a specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any widow who lives wantonly and extravagantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
276 1TI 5 6 qy5h figs-metaphor ζῶσα τέθνηκεν 1 living, has died Paul speaks figuratively about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
277 1TI 5 7 qw6m καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν 1 Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
278 1TI 5 8 p7h2 figs-idiom τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ 1 someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
300 1TI 5 13 cym5 φλύαροι 1 babblers Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense”
301 1TI 5 14 u94k τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ 1 the one opposing This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
302 1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 having … turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 5 16 g8k5 figs-nominaladj τις πιστὴ 1 any believing woman Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **believing woman**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
303 1TI 5 16 mf4s figs-explicit ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
304 1TI 5 16 y6hf figs-metaphor καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down Paul speaks figuratively of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
305 1TI 5 16 t384 figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
306 1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 genuine widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
307 1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If your readers would misunderstand the passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
308 1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 of double honor Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-nominaladj οἱ κοπιῶντες 1 the ones toiling Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **toiling**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
309 1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
310 1TI 5 17 t390 figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 the word Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
311 1TI 5 18 kh55 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For the Scripture says Paul figuratively describes Scripture as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
317 1TI 5 19 af68 grammar-connect-exceptions κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ 1 do not receive an accusation, except if If, in your language, it would appear that Paul was making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this statement to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only believe that an accusation is true if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
318 1TI 5 19 t399 figs-ellipsis ἐπὶ δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων 1 on two or three witnesses Here, **on** stands for the concept of “relying on.” You may need to use a more complete phrase in your language. Alternate translations: “you are relying on the testimony of two or three people” or “at least two people give evidence for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
319 1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
1TI 5 20 m4uh figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 1 the ones sinning Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. This could refer to: (1) any believers who are sinning. Alternate translation: “believers who are sinning” (2) elders. Alternate translation: “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
320 1TI 5 20 db63 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον…πάντων 1 before all Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
321 1TI 5 20 ql4m figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 so that the rest also may have fear If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
322 1TI 5 20 t404 figs-idiom φόβον ἔχωσιν 1 may have fear This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
373 1TI 6 8 lbk5 figs-declarative ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 1 we will be satisfied Here Paul uses a statement in order to express a moral imperative. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
374 1TI 6 8 t451 figs-activepassive ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 1 we will be satisfied If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
375 1TI 6 9 ij4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Now Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that he is returning to the topic of those who think being godly will make them wealthy. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TI 6 9 t453 figs-nominaladj οἱ…βουλόμενοι 1 the ones wanting Paul is using this participle, which functions as adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
376 1TI 6 9 pl5d figs-metaphor ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα 1 fall into temptation and a trap Paul speaks figuratively about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
377 1TI 6 9 gfy7 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς 1 and many foolish and harmful desires This phrase continues the figure of speech from the previous phrase. Paul speaks about these desires if they too were a hole that a hunter was using as a trap. Alternate translation: “and will experience destructive impulses than they cannot overcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
378 1TI 6 9 t456 figs-hendiadys ἐπιθυμίας…ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς 1 foolish and harmful desires Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **foolish** tells why these desires are **harmful**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “destructive impulses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
405 1TI 6 15 t482 figs-idiom καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 in its own times See how you translated this expression in [2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “at the time that God will choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
406 1TI 6 15 ac6y figs-explicit ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης 1 the blessed and only Sovereign This expression refers implicitly to God. Alternate translation: “God, the One we praise, who alone rules over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
407 1TI 6 16 l9i8 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Alternate translation: “the only one who has always existed”
1TI 6 16 t485 figs-nominaladj ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Paul is using the participle **having**, which functions as adjective, as a noun, to refer to God as a member, though the only member, of a class that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the only One who has always existed and always will exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
408 1TI 6 16 tsz3 φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον 1 occupying unapproachable ligh Alternate translation: “who lives in light so bright that no one can come near it”
409 1TI 6 16 t487 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων 1 none of men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
410 1TI 6 17 te3z figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 the rich Paul is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])

View File

@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 3 15 w9l5 figs-personification τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι 1 which are able to make you wise Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were a teacher who could instruct people and help them become wise. It may be convenient in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By studying them you can become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2TI 3 15 p098 figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 for salvation through the faith that is in Christ Jesus If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “so that you will know enough to trust Christ Jesus to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 16 s274 figs-metaphor πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ 1 All Scripture is God-breathed The term **God-breathed** uses the image of breathing to indicate that the Scriptures come directly from God through his Spirit. Characteristically in the Bible, the breath of God represents the Spirit of God. Alternate translation: “God produced all Scripture as his Spirit directed people what to write, and it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 3 16 hvr1 πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος 1 All Scripture is God-breathed By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate Translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
2TI 3 16 hvr1 πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος 1 All Scripture is God-breathed By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
2TI 3 16 uv35 ὠφέλιμος 1 is profitable Paul refers to the Scripture as **profitable** to convey the idea that Timothy and all believers will benefit when they use the Scripture to teach, reprove, correct, and train. Alternate translation: “you will benefit from it as you use it” or “it benefits everyone when we use it”
2TI 3 16 vl2n figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἐλεγμόν 1 for reproof Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for knowing what is right and wrong and showing people that they are wrong. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **reproof**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people that they are wrong” or “for helping us to know when we are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TI 3 16 e5h9 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν 1 for correction Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for showing people how to make something right. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **correction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people how to make things right” or “for showing us how to fix errors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
264 2TI 3 15 w9l5 figs-personification τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι 1 which are able to make you wise Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were a teacher who could instruct people and help them become wise. It may be convenient in your translation to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By studying them you can become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
265 2TI 3 15 p098 figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 for salvation through the faith that is in Christ Jesus If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “so that you will know enough to trust Christ Jesus to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
266 2TI 3 16 s274 figs-metaphor πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ 1 All Scripture is God-breathed The term **God-breathed** uses the image of breathing to indicate that the Scriptures come directly from God through his Spirit. Characteristically in the Bible, the breath of God represents the Spirit of God. Alternate translation: “God produced all Scripture as his Spirit directed people what to write, and it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267 2TI 3 16 hvr1 πᾶσα Γραφὴ θεόπνευστος 1 All Scripture is God-breathed By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate Translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed” By **All Scripture**, Paul is referring to every part of Scripture, which, at that time, was what we know as the Old Testament. If it is confusing to refer to all of the books of the Old Testament with the singular word **Scripture**, you can change it to a plural word as in the UST and make the verbs plural. Alternate translation: “All of the Holy Writings are God-breathed”
268 2TI 3 16 uv35 ὠφέλιμος 1 is profitable Paul refers to the Scripture as **profitable** to convey the idea that Timothy and all believers will benefit when they use the Scripture to teach, reprove, correct, and train. Alternate translation: “you will benefit from it as you use it” or “it benefits everyone when we use it”
269 2TI 3 16 vl2n figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἐλεγμόν 1 for reproof Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for knowing what is right and wrong and showing people that they are wrong. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **reproof**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people that they are wrong” or “for helping us to know when we are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
270 2TI 3 16 e5h9 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν 1 for correction Paul instructs Timothy to use the Scriptures as the standard for showing people how to make something right. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **correction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for showing people how to make things right” or “for showing us how to fix errors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

View File

@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
TIT front intro m2jl 0 # Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1-16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1-3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12-15)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Pauls Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
TIT 1 intro c7me 0 # Titus 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
TIT 1 1 rtc9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ πίστιν 1 for the faith **Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate Translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [Gods chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 rtc9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ πίστιν 1 for the faith **Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [Gods chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 the knowledge If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
TIT 1 2 xyz9 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 with the certain hope of everlasting life Alternate translation: “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time Alternate translation: “before time began”
TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time Alternate translation: “at the proper time”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 TIT front intro m2jl 0 # Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1-16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1-3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12-15)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
3 TIT 1 intro c7me 0 # Titus 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
4 TIT 1 1 rtc9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ πίστιν 1 for the faith **Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate Translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) **Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you can translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
5 TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 the knowledge If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you can use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6 TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you can use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7 TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate Translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8 TIT 1 2 xyz9 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 with the certain hope of everlasting life Alternate translation: “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
9 TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time Alternate translation: “before time began”
10 TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time Alternate translation: “at the proper time”

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

View File

@ -348,7 +348,6 @@ JAS 3 4 j184 figs-activepassive μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου
JAS 3 4 j185 μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder Since James speaks of **ships** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural in this clause as well. Alternate translation: “they are turned by the smallest rudders” or “the smallest rudders turn them”
JAS 3 4 j186 ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 the smallest rudder James says **smallest**, using the superlative form of the adjective “small,” to express a meaning of the adjective in its positive form. Your language may use superlative forms in the same way. If not, you can translate this using the positive form. Alternate translation: “a very small rudder”
JAS 3 4 j187 figs-personification ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται 1 where the inclination of the one steering desires James speaks of the **inclination** of the person steering a boat as if it were a living thing that desired to go in one direction or another. Alternate translation: “in whatever direction the one steering the boat wants it to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 3 4 j188 figs-nominaladj τοῦ εὐθύνοντος 1 of the one steering James is using the participle **steering**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to indicate a particular crew member of a ship. Your language may have a particular term for this crew member. Alternate translation: “of the helmsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 3 5 wt6i figs-simile οὕτως καὶ 1 Thus also James uses the words **thus also** to introduce a simile or comparison between the human tongue and the small items he discussed in the previous two verses, a horses bit and a ships rudder. Alternate translation: “In the same way” or “Likewise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 3 5 j189 μικρὸν μέλος 1 a small member Alternate translation: “a part of the body”
JAS 3 5 j190 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 2 but Here, **but** introduces a contrast between the small size of the tongue and the great things that people use their tongues in speech to boast about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@ -363,7 +362,6 @@ JAS 3 6 i61e figs-idiom ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας 1 a world of un
JAS 3 6 j194 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀδικίας 1 of unrighteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. In this context, the term refers to wrong things that people say. Alternate translation: “of sinful sayings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 3 6 j195 figs-activepassive καθίσταται ἐν 1 is placed among If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “is in the middle of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 3 6 j196 τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 our members Alternate translation: “the other parts of our body”
JAS 3 6 j197 figs-nominaladj ἡ σπιλοῦσα 1 the thing staining James is using the participle **staining**, which functions as an adjective, with the definite article as a noun. (ULT indicates this by adding **thing**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Some languages may be able to use the participle by itself. Alternate translation: “staining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 3 6 sv44 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James speaks figuratively of the effects of speech as if a persons tongue were **staining** his **body**. Alternate translation: “making the whole body impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 6 j198 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James is figuratively using the **body** to represent the entire person, since he is saying in this verse that bad speech has morally corrupting effects. Alternate translation: “making the whole person morally corrupt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 3 6 j199 figs-idiom φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 setting the course of existence on fire The **course of existence** is an idiom that could refer to: (1) a persons entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a persons entire life on fire” (2) succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
348 JAS 3 4 j185 μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder Since James speaks of **ships** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural in this clause as well. Alternate translation: “they are turned by the smallest rudders” or “the smallest rudders turn them”
349 JAS 3 4 j186 ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 the smallest rudder James says **smallest**, using the superlative form of the adjective “small,” to express a meaning of the adjective in its positive form. Your language may use superlative forms in the same way. If not, you can translate this using the positive form. Alternate translation: “a very small rudder”
350 JAS 3 4 j187 figs-personification ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται 1 where the inclination of the one steering desires James speaks of the **inclination** of the person steering a boat as if it were a living thing that desired to go in one direction or another. Alternate translation: “in whatever direction the one steering the boat wants it to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 3 4 j188 figs-nominaladj τοῦ εὐθύνοντος 1 of the one steering James is using the participle **steering**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to indicate a particular crew member of a ship. Your language may have a particular term for this crew member. Alternate translation: “of the helmsman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
351 JAS 3 5 wt6i figs-simile οὕτως καὶ 1 Thus also James uses the words **thus also** to introduce a simile or comparison between the human tongue and the small items he discussed in the previous two verses, a horse’s bit and a ship’s rudder. Alternate translation: “In the same way” or “Likewise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
352 JAS 3 5 j189 μικρὸν μέλος 1 a small member Alternate translation: “a part of the body”
353 JAS 3 5 j190 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 2 but Here, **but** introduces a contrast between the small size of the tongue and the great things that people use their tongues in speech to boast about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
362 JAS 3 6 j194 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀδικίας 1 of unrighteousness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. In this context, the term refers to wrong things that people say. Alternate translation: “of sinful sayings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
363 JAS 3 6 j195 figs-activepassive καθίσταται ἐν 1 is placed among If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “is in the middle of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
364 JAS 3 6 j196 τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 our members Alternate translation: “the other parts of our body”
JAS 3 6 j197 figs-nominaladj ἡ σπιλοῦσα 1 the thing staining James is using the participle **staining**, which functions as an adjective, with the definite article as a noun. (ULT indicates this by adding **thing**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Some languages may be able to use the participle by itself. Alternate translation: “staining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
365 JAS 3 6 sv44 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James speaks figuratively of the effects of speech as if a person’s tongue were **staining** his **body**. Alternate translation: “making the whole body impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
366 JAS 3 6 j198 figs-metaphor σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 staining the whole body James is figuratively using the **body** to represent the entire person, since he is saying in this verse that bad speech has morally corrupting effects. Alternate translation: “making the whole person morally corrupt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
367 JAS 3 6 j199 figs-idiom φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως 1 setting the course of existence on fire The **course of existence** is an idiom that could refer to: (1) a person’s entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a person’s entire life on fire” (2) succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

View File

@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:113:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:134:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 1012](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noahs time (see [2 Peter 2:45](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 67](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:14](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noahs time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noahs time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. <br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peters statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:113:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:134:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 1012](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noahs time (see [2 Peter 2:45](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 67](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:14](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noahs time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noahs time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.<br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peters statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 16](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives.
1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
255 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
256 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
257 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
258 1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. <br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead. # 1 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)<br>2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “the spirits in prison”<br><br>[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison,” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who those spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and his return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there at some time between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.<br><br>### “Baptism now saves you”<br><br>In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and that no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism, which he describes as “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus, because Jesus rose from the dead.
259 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives.
260 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
261 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

View File

@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 1 x2bn figs-abstractnouns αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” or “heresies that destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 1 jif2 figs-possession αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 1 wnuv αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
2PE 2 1 xscu figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate Translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 1 xscu figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 1 xaan grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 2 1 xk1x ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
159 2PE 2 1 x2bn figs-abstractnouns αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” or “heresies that destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
160 2PE 2 1 jif2 figs-possession αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
161 2PE 2 1 wnuv αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
162 2PE 2 1 xscu figs-explicit τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate Translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
163 2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
164 2PE 2 1 xaan grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
165 2PE 2 1 xk1x ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”

View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John<br><br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 3 John<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1)<br>2. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)<br>3. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)<br>4. Conclusion (1:13-14)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?<br><br>The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the apostle John near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 3 John about?<br><br>John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “3 John” or “Third John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Third Letter from John” or “The Third Letter John Wrote”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?<br><br>The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These were believers he taught to obey Christ.<br><br>John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John\n\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 3 John\n\n1. Introduction (1:1)\n2. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)\n3. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)\n4. Conclusion (1:13-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?\n\nThe letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the apostle John near the end of his life.\n\n### What is the Book of 3 John about?\n\nJohn wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “3 John” or “Third John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Third Letter from John” or “The Third Letter John Wrote”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is hospitality?\n\nHospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?\n\nThe author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These were believers he taught to obey Christ.\n\nJohn also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
3JN 1 1 rni7 figs-you 0 General Information: This is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder **The elder** refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 to … Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3JN 1 1 mp9w ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 whom I love in truth Alternate translation: “whom I truly love”
3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 I pray concerning everything for you to prosper and to be healthy Alternate translation: “I pray that you may do well in all things and be healthy”
@ -21,24 +21,24 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that we become fellow workers for the truth Alternate translation: “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing Gods truth to people”
3JN 1 8 ab01 figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 for the truth Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could refer to: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3JN 1 9 tm9q τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 to the church Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 Diotrephes He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 Diotrephes **Diotrephes** was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3JN 1 9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 who loves to be first among them Alternate translation: “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
3JN 1 9 dp1v figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us The word **us** is exclusive; it refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. It may also be a polite way for John to refer to himself. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3JN 1 9 rrgg figs-metonymy Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς 1 Diotrophes … does not receive us Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept Johns authority or the instructions that John gives. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3JN 1 10 f6qj λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς 1 accusing us with evil words Alternate translation: “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true”
3JN 1 10 wi6a οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 he does not receive the brothers Alternate translation: “he does not welcome the fellow believers”
3JN 1 10 it7p figs-ellipsis τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει 1 stops those who are willing There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he stops those who want to welcome the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3JN 1 10 it7p figs-ellipsis τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει 1 stops those who are willing There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he stops those who want to welcome the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3JN 1 10 g98b ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει 1 puts them out of the church Alternate translation: “forces them to leave the group of believers”
3JN 1 11 a3z8 ἀγαπητέ 1 Beloved Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md).
3JN 1 11 pv24 μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν 1 do not imitate what is evil Alternate translation: “do not copy the evil things that people do”
3JN 1 11 sz2h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 but what is good There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but imitate the good things that people do” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3JN 1 11 sz2h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 but what is good There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but imitate the good things that people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3JN 1 11 cm8t ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is from God Alternate translation: “comes from God”
3JN 1 11 zan2 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 has not seen God “Seeing” here is a metaphor that stands for knowing or understanding. Alternate translation: “has not experienced God” or “has not believed in God” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3JN 1 12 pl7i figs-activepassive Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Demetrius is borne witness to by all If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “All who know Demetrius bear witness of him” or “Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3JN 1 12 m22h translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 Demetrius This is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. He may be the person delivering this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself Here, **truth** is described as though it were a person speaking. Here, **truth** refers to “the true message from God.” Alternate translation: “everyone who knows the truth knows that he is a good person” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3JN 1 11 zan2 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 has not seen God “Seeing” here is a metaphor that stands for knowing or understanding. Alternate translation: “has not experienced God” or “has not believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3JN 1 12 pl7i figs-activepassive Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Demetrius is borne witness to by all If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “All who know Demetrius bear witness of him” or “Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3JN 1 12 m22h translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 Demetrius **Demetrius** is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. He may be the person delivering this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself Here, **truth** is described as though it were a person speaking. Here, **truth** refers to “the true message from God.” Alternate translation: “everyone who knows the truth knows that he is a good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3JN 1 12 mftm figs-ellipsis ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself There are words left out of this clause but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he is borne witness to by the truth itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3JN 1 12 s712 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν 1 we also bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made explicit here. Alternate translation: “we also speak well of Demetrius” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3JN 1 12 s712 figs-explicit καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν 1 we also bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made explicit here. Alternate translation: “we also speak well of Demetrius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3JN 1 12 a16a figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here, **we** refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3JN 1 13 v27c 0 General Information: This is the end of Johns letter to Gaius. In this section, he mentions coming to see him and closes with a greeting.
3JN 1 13 am6k figs-doublet οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν 1 I do not wish to write them to you with ink and pen This is a doublet, because **ink and pen** stand for the process of writing that was already mentioned. John is not saying that he would write them with something other than ink and pen. He is saying that he does not wish to write these other things at all. Alternate translation: “I do not want to write about them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John<br><br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 3 John<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1)<br>2. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)<br>3. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)<br>4. Conclusion (1:13-14)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?<br><br>The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the apostle John near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 3 John about?<br><br>John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “3 John” or “Third John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Third Letter from John” or “The Third Letter John Wrote”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?<br><br>The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These were believers he taught to obey Christ.<br><br>John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus. # Introduction to 3 John\n\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 3 John\n\n1. Introduction (1:1)\n2. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)\n3. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)\n4. Conclusion (1:13-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?\n\nThe letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the apostle John near the end of his life.\n\n### What is the Book of 3 John about?\n\nJohn wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “3 John” or “Third John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Third Letter from John” or “The Third Letter John Wrote”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is hospitality?\n\nHospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?\n\nThe author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These were believers he taught to obey Christ.\n\nJohn also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
3 3JN 1 1 rni7 figs-you 0 General Information: This is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
4 3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) **The elder** refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5 3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 to … Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 3JN 1 1 mp9w ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 whom I love in truth Alternate translation: “whom I truly love”
7 3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 I pray concerning everything for you to prosper and to be healthy Alternate translation: “I pray that you may do well in all things and be healthy”
21 3JN 1 8 d2l7 ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that we become fellow workers for the truth Alternate translation: “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
22 3JN 1 8 ab01 figs-personification τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 for the truth Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could refer to: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) “God, who is Truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23 3JN 1 9 tm9q τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 to the church Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
24 3JN 1 9 cz9d translate-names Διοτρέφης 1 Diotrephes He was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) **Diotrephes** was a member of the congregation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25 3JN 1 9 s82w ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 1 who loves to be first among them Alternate translation: “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
26 3JN 1 9 dp1v figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us The word **us** is exclusive; it refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. It may also be a polite way for John to refer to himself. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
27 3JN 1 9 rrgg figs-metonymy Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς 1 Diotrophes … does not receive us Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept John’s authority or the instructions that John gives. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
28 3JN 1 10 f6qj λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς 1 accusing us with evil words Alternate translation: “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true”
29 3JN 1 10 wi6a οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 he does not receive the brothers Alternate translation: “he does not welcome the fellow believers”
30 3JN 1 10 it7p figs-ellipsis τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει 1 stops those who are willing There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he stops those who want to welcome the believers” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he stops those who want to welcome the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
31 3JN 1 10 g98b ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει 1 puts them out of the church Alternate translation: “forces them to leave the group of believers”
32 3JN 1 11 a3z8 ἀγαπητέ 1 Beloved Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md).
33 3JN 1 11 pv24 μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν 1 do not imitate what is evil Alternate translation: “do not copy the evil things that people do”
34 3JN 1 11 sz2h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 but what is good There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but imitate the good things that people do” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) There are words left out but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but imitate the good things that people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
35 3JN 1 11 cm8t ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is from God Alternate translation: “comes from God”
36 3JN 1 11 zan2 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 has not seen God “Seeing” here is a metaphor that stands for knowing or understanding. Alternate translation: “has not experienced God” or “has not believed in God” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) “Seeing” here is a metaphor that stands for knowing or understanding. Alternate translation: “has not experienced God” or “has not believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37 3JN 1 12 pl7i figs-activepassive Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Demetrius is borne witness to by all If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “All who know Demetrius bear witness of him” or “Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him” See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “All who know Demetrius bear witness of him” or “Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38 3JN 1 12 m22h translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 Demetrius This is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. He may be the person delivering this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) **Demetrius** is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. He may be the person delivering this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
39 3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself Here, **truth** is described as though it were a person speaking. Here, **truth** refers to “the true message from God.” Alternate translation: “everyone who knows the truth knows that he is a good person” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, **truth** is described as though it were a person speaking. Here, **truth** refers to “the true message from God.” Alternate translation: “everyone who knows the truth knows that he is a good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
40 3JN 1 12 mftm figs-ellipsis ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself There are words left out of this clause but they are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he is borne witness to by the truth itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
41 3JN 1 12 s712 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν 1 we also bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made explicit here. Alternate translation: “we also speak well of Demetrius” Also see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) What John is confirming is implied and can be made explicit here. Alternate translation: “we also speak well of Demetrius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
42 3JN 1 12 a16a figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here, **we** refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
43 3JN 1 13 v27c 0 General Information: This is the end of John’s letter to Gaius. In this section, he mentions coming to see him and closes with a greeting.
44 3JN 1 13 am6k figs-doublet οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν 1 I do not wish to write them to you with ink and pen This is a doublet, because **ink and pen** stand for the process of writing that was already mentioned. John is not saying that he would write them with something other than ink and pen. He is saying that he does not wish to write these other things at all. Alternate translation: “I do not want to write about them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

View File

@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:12)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:34)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:516)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:1723)<br>5. Praises to God (1:2425)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Judes audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(v. 5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and **a brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
JUD 1 1 m3v1 figs-explicit ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 1 p5yl figs-123person τοῖς…κλητοῖς 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JUD 1 1 din3 figs-explicit τοῖς…κλητοῖς 1 That these people have been **called** implies that God has called and saved them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has called and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 1 gorg figs-activepassive ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 1 p5yl figs-123person τοῖς 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JUD 1 1 din3 figs-explicit κλητοῖς 1 That these people have been **called** implies that God has called and saved them. Alternate translation: “and whom God has called and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 1 gorg figs-activepassive ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 1 rih9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JUD 1 1 s3oh figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 1 s3oh figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις κλητοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form **kept {and} called**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps and calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 2 wjsn translate-blessing ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ἔλεος…καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 Jude speaks of **mercy and peace and love** as if they were objects that could increase in size or numbers. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ JUD 1 3 mi3w περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our
JUD 1 3 kvkg figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “about how God saved us all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to Jude and his audience, fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 3 si1u figs-abstractnouns ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **necessity**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I needed to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 3 yyf4 grammar-connect-logic-goal παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JUD 1 3 ls3z figs-ellipsis παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 3 yyf4 grammar-connect-logic-goal παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JUD 1 3 ls3z figs-ellipsis παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 Jude is leaving out the word “you” that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If your language does not use the passive form **delivered**, you state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.”
JUD 1 4 he1b grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
JUD 1 4 qevn figs-ellipsis παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Jude is leaving out words from this sentence that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your language does not use this passive form **having been designated, you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **condemnation**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 Here, Gods **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because Gods grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that Gods grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -34,63 +34,63 @@ JUD 1 4 g35s figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 Both occurrences of **our
JUD 1 4 esef figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 4 tmju figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **licentiousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective phrase. Alternate translation: “into licentious behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “teaching that Jesus Christ is not our Master and Lord”
JUD 1 4 p7g6 figs-possession τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies back to **only Master**, meaning “the person who owns us.” Alternate translation: “the only person who owns us and rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 4 p7g6 figs-possession τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν 1 Here, **Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies back to **only Master**, meaning “the person who owns us.” Alternate translation: “the only person who owns us and rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 5 pg0e figs-infostructure ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all {things}** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 5 xiss translate-textvariants ὅτι Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
JUD 1 5 z1h9 λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt”
JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 6 g5ld figs-distinguish τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to ones sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
JUD 1 6 s3cn writing-pronouns δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 6 c8gf δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity, under darkness
JUD 1 6 c8gf δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοιςτετήρηκεν 1 Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity”
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 Here, **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in the utter darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 6 jzdj grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the angels have been imprisoned. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the judgment of the great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JUD 1 6 k1c6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for the great day when God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 6 ccz6 figs-explicit μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 of the great day Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 7 r3e9 writing-pronouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 7 tr3y figs-abstractnouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι, 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **sexual immortality**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in the region of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 7 r3e9 writing-pronouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 7 tr3y figs-abstractnouns ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **sexual immortality**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 7 q9jk figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 7 wp6v σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 7 jhdl figs-abstractnouns πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **punishment**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against ones own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against ones own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lordship**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him of slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could refer to: (1) the false teachers ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This word **what** could refer to: (1) the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these {things}** refers back to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form **are being destroyed**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 11 b33e figs-idiom οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς 1 The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 11 yg9b figs-explicit τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abels offering. Cains anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the way of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **have gone in the way** is a metaphor for “have lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 11 yg9b figs-explicit τοῦ Κάϊν 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abels offering. Cains anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 zsdw ἐξεχύθησαν 1 Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
JUD 1 11 tmf2 figs-explicit τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “to the error of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 qlof figs-explicit τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κόρε 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the rebellion of Korah, who rebelled against Gods appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 tmf2 figs-explicit τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 qlof figs-explicit τοῦ Κόρε 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Korah, who rebelled against Gods appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 11 tspu figs-pastforfuture ἀπώλοντο 1 Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JUD 1 12 r875 writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 aq79 translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγάπαις 1 Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lords Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **carried along**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 doxh figs-pastforfuture δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JUD 1 12 zk57 δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes Gods judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form **has been kept**, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JUD 1 13 n4oc writing-pronouns οἷς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 13 iast ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
JUD 1 13 oey6 figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -98,38 +98,38 @@ JUD 1 14 crwg translate-names Ἑνὼχ 1 **Enoch** is the name of a man. (See
JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 Since **Adam** is considered to be the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh generation.
JUD 1 14 br8e translate-names Ἀδὰμ 1 **Adam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 14 marg writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 14 yenq writing-quotations ἐπροφήτευσεν…λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied … and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JUD 1 14 yenq writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JUD 1 14 lu2y figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 14 acin figs-pastforfuture ἦλθεν Κύριος 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “The Lord will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JUD 1 14 pylm ἦλθεν Κύριος 1 Here, **Lord** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The Lord Jesus came” (2) God. Alternate translation: “The Lord God came
JUD 1 14 pylm Κύριος 1 Here, **Lord** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The Lord Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “The Lord God”
JUD 1 14 tyf8 translate-unknown μυριάσιν 1 The word **myriads** is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000) but is often used to refer to a large number. You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JUD 1 14 ljm1 ἁγίαις 1 Here, **holy ones** could refer to: (1) angels, as suggested by the presence of angels in similar statements about judgment in Matthew 24:31, 25:31, Mark 89:38, and 2 Thessalonians 1:7. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “his holy angels” (2) believers. Alternate translation: “his holy believers” or “his saints”
JUD 1 15 moys grammar-connect-logic-goal ποιῆσαι κρίσιν…καὶ ἐλέγξαι 1 Here both instances of the word **to** indicate the purpose for which the Lord comes with his holy ones. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment … and in order to rebuke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JUD 1 15 bl4q figs-abstractnouns ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 15 qeei figs-synecdoche πᾶσαν ψυχὴν 1 Here, **soul** refers to a person. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JUD 1 15 twxy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων ἀσεβείας αὐτῶν 1 Here Jude is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are characterized by **ungodliness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “ungodly works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 15 y4y5 τῶν σκληρῶν 1 Here, **harsh things** refers to harsh statements that sinners speak slanderously against the Lord. Alternate translation: “the harsh words” or “the offensive statements”
JUD 1 15 d6hy writing-pronouns κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “against Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “against God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 15 y4y5 τῶν σκληρῶν 1 Here, **harsh {things}** refers to harsh statements that sinners speak slanderously against the Lord. Alternate translation: “the harsh words” or “the offensive statements”
JUD 1 15 d6hy writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 16 a4le writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 16 zs28 οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Judes day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 16 jhrq κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to Gods will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires”
JUD 1 16 zs28 εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 Here the terms **murmurers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Judes day. Alternate translation: “grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 16 jhrq τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to Gods will. Alternate translation: “their sinful desires”
JUD 1 16 xum2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could express this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
JUD 1 16 xuf0 figs-metonymy τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 their mouth speaks Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 17 nyja figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 17 qjsf figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 17 qjsf figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 18 toms ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 This phrase indicates that this verse contains the content of the “words” spoken by the apostles, which Jude referred to in the previous verse.
JUD 1 18 nlh9 figs-idiom ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου χρόνου 1 Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “In the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own ungodly lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 18 j5m4 κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to Gods will. Alternate translation: “going according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
JUD 1 18 nlh9 figs-idiom ἐσχάτου χρόνου 1 Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 18 j5m4 κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας…τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here, **lusts of ungodliness** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to Gods will. Alternate translation: “according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
JUD 1 19 r28j writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JUD 1 19 l568 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **divisions**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones dividing others against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metonymy ψυχικοί 1 Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to Gods word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 20 xm93 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -137,25 +137,24 @@ JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τ
JUD 1 20 c2o9 ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 building yourselves up This clause refers to one means by which Judes readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
JUD 1 20 uyfx figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 20 m3rg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 This clause refers to a second means by which Judes readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 20 wiyg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 21 j9su translate-versebridge ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 2021. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 21 mzqu figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 21 mzqu figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JUD 1 21 okfy figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JUD 1 21 qb29 grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JUD 1 22 ynz1 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς…διακρινομένους 1 The phrase **some who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς…διακρινομένους 1 The phrase **{some} who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
JUD 1 23 gx9t ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 23 ign7 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 23 uavk ἐν φόβῳ 1 This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude wanted his readers to have mercy on a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “by being cautious”
JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JUD 1 23 sexc figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a persons sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to cause you to stand before his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JUD 1 24 gq9e ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
JUD 1 25 m1g8 figs-abstractnouns Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Savior**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–2)<br>2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)<br>3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)<br>4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)<br>5. Praises to God (1:24–25)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>## Part 3: Important translation issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.<br>* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(v. 5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4 JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and **a brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
6 JUD 1 1 m3v1 figs-explicit ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7 JUD 1 1 p5yl figs-123person τοῖς…κλητοῖς τοῖς 1 In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
8 JUD 1 1 din3 figs-explicit τοῖς…κλητοῖς κλητοῖς 1 That these people have been **called** implies that God has called and saved them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has called and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) That these people have been **called** implies that God has called and saved them. Alternate translation: “and whom God has called and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9 JUD 1 1 gorg figs-activepassive ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10 JUD 1 1 rih9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
11 JUD 1 1 s3oh figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις κλητοῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form **kept {and} called**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps and calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12 JUD 1 2 wjsn translate-blessing ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
13 JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14 JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ἔλεος…καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 Jude speaks of **mercy and peace and love** as if they were objects that could increase in size or numbers. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19 JUD 1 3 kvkg figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “about how God saved us all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
20 JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to Jude and his audience, fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
21 JUD 1 3 si1u figs-abstractnouns ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **necessity**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I needed to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22 JUD 1 3 yyf4 grammar-connect-logic-goal παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
23 JUD 1 3 ls3z figs-ellipsis παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει 1 Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) Jude is leaving out the word “you” that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
24 JUD 1 3 pvyp figs-activepassive τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form **delivered**, you state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25 JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.”
26 JUD 1 4 he1b grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27 JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
28 JUD 1 4 qevn figs-ellipsis παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 In this phrase, Jude is leaving out words from this sentence that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
29 JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form **having been designated, you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30 JUD 1 4 c7a6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **condemnation**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
31 JUD 1 4 u2oj figs-explicit ἀσεβεῖς 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32 JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34 JUD 1 4 esef figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
35 JUD 1 4 tmju figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **licentiousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective phrase. Alternate translation: “into licentious behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
36 JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Alternate translation: “teaching that Jesus Christ is not our Master and Lord”
37 JUD 1 4 p7g6 figs-possession τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies back to **only Master**, meaning “the person who owns us.” Alternate translation: “the only person who owns us and rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Here, **Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies back to **only Master**, meaning “the person who owns us.” Alternate translation: “the only person who owns us and rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
38 JUD 1 5 pg0e figs-infostructure ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
39 JUD 1 5 fa5e figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **all {things}** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40 JUD 1 5 xiss translate-textvariants ὅτι Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
41 JUD 1 5 z1h9 λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt”
42 JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43 JUD 1 6 g5ld figs-distinguish τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
44 JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
45 JUD 1 6 s3cn writing-pronouns δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
46 JUD 1 6 c8gf δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις…τετήρηκεν 1 Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity, under darkness” Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity”
47 JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 Here, **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in the utter darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
48 JUD 1 6 jzdj grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the angels have been imprisoned. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the judgment of the great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
49 JUD 1 6 k1c6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for the great day when God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
50 JUD 1 6 ccz6 figs-explicit μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 of the great day Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51 JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in the region of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
52 JUD 1 7 r3e9 writing-pronouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
53 JUD 1 7 tr3y figs-abstractnouns τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι, ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **sexual immortality**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
54 JUD 1 7 q9jk figs-metaphor καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
55 JUD 1 7 wp6v σαρκὸς ἑτέρας 1 Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
56 JUD 1 7 pi4t figs-explicit πρόκεινται δεῖγμα 1 The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
57 JUD 1 7 jhdl figs-abstractnouns πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **punishment**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
58 JUD 1 8 p12m figs-explicit ὁμοίως μέντοι ὁμοίως 1 Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
59 JUD 1 8 ujs2 writing-pronouns οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
60 JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metonymy σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one’s own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one’s own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
61 JUD 1 8 q9ct κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν κυριότητα 1 Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
62 JUD 1 8 qvhs figs-abstractnouns κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lordship**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
63 JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
64 JUD 1 9 uzj1 figs-metaphor κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him of slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
66 JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
67 JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
68 JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This could refer to: (1) the false teachers’ ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers’ ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand” This word **what** could refer to: (1) the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
69 JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
70 JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here, **these {things}** refers back to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
71 JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form **are being destroyed**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 JUD 1 11 b33e figs-idiom οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς 1 The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
73 JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **have gone in the way** is a metaphor for “have lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74 JUD 1 11 yg9b figs-explicit τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν τοῦ Κάϊν 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abel’s offering. Cain’s anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the way of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abel’s offering. Cain’s anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75 JUD 1 11 zsdw ἐξεχύθησαν 1 Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
76 JUD 1 11 tmf2 figs-explicit τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “to the error of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
77 JUD 1 11 qlof figs-explicit τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κόρε τοῦ Κόρε 1 Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the rebellion of Korah, who rebelled against God’s appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Korah, who rebelled against God’s appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
78 JUD 1 11 tspu figs-pastforfuture ἀπώλοντο 1 Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
79 JUD 1 12 r875 writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
80 JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
81 JUD 1 12 aq79 translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγάπαις 1 Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
82 JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83 JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
84 JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form **carried along**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
85 JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86 JUD 1 12 doxh figs-pastforfuture δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
87 JUD 1 12 zk57 δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
88 JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
89 JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
90 JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91 JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
92 JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93 JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form **has been kept**, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
94 JUD 1 13 n4oc writing-pronouns οἷς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
95 JUD 1 13 iast ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
96 JUD 1 13 oey6 figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
98 JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 Since **Adam** is considered to be the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh generation.
99 JUD 1 14 br8e translate-names Ἀδὰμ 1 **Adam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
100 JUD 1 14 marg writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
101 JUD 1 14 yenq writing-quotations ἐπροφήτευσεν…λέγων λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied … and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
102 JUD 1 14 lu2y figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
103 JUD 1 14 acin figs-pastforfuture ἦλθεν Κύριος 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “The Lord will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
104 JUD 1 14 pylm ἦλθεν Κύριος Κύριος 1 Here, **Lord** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The Lord Jesus came” (2) God. Alternate translation: “The Lord God came” Here, **Lord** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The Lord Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “The Lord God”
105 JUD 1 14 tyf8 translate-unknown μυριάσιν 1 The word **myriads** is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000) but is often used to refer to a large number. You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
106 JUD 1 14 ljm1 ἁγίαις 1 Here, **holy ones** could refer to: (1) angels, as suggested by the presence of angels in similar statements about judgment in Matthew 24:31, 25:31, Mark 89:38, and 2 Thessalonians 1:7. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “his holy angels” (2) believers. Alternate translation: “his holy believers” or “his saints”
107 JUD 1 15 moys grammar-connect-logic-goal ποιῆσαι κρίσιν…καὶ ἐλέγξαι 1 Here both instances of the word **to** indicate the purpose for which the Lord comes with his holy ones. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment … and in order to rebuke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
108 JUD 1 15 bl4q figs-abstractnouns ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
109 JUD 1 15 qeei figs-synecdoche πᾶσαν ψυχὴν 1 Here, **soul** refers to a person. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
110 JUD 1 15 twxy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων ἀσεβείας αὐτῶν 1 Here Jude is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are characterized by **ungodliness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “ungodly works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
111 JUD 1 15 y4y5 τῶν σκληρῶν 1 Here, **harsh things** refers to harsh statements that sinners speak slanderously against the Lord. Alternate translation: “the harsh words” or “the offensive statements” Here, **harsh {things}** refers to harsh statements that sinners speak slanderously against the Lord. Alternate translation: “the harsh words” or “the offensive statements”
112 JUD 1 15 d6hy writing-pronouns κατ’ αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “against Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “against God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) Here the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “God” The option you choose must agree with your choice for the meaning of “Lord” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
113 JUD 1 16 a4le writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers that Jude first introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md) and has discussed throughout the letter. Since Jude shifted in the previous verse to describing the judgment of everyone who does wicked deeds, it may be helpful for you to inform your readers that this verse returns to specifically focusing on the false teachers. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
114 JUD 1 16 zs28 οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly” Here the terms **murmurers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
115 JUD 1 16 z5bn figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
116 JUD 1 16 jhrq κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires” Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “their sinful desires”
117 JUD 1 16 xum2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could express this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
118 JUD 1 16 xuf0 figs-metonymy τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 their mouth speaks Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
119 JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
120 JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
121 JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
122 JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
123 JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
124 JUD 1 17 nyja figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
125 JUD 1 17 qjsf figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
126 JUD 1 18 toms ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 This phrase indicates that this verse contains the content of the “words” spoken by the apostles, which Jude referred to in the previous verse.
127 JUD 1 18 nlh9 figs-idiom ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου χρόνου ἐσχάτου χρόνου 1 Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “In the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
128 JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own ungodly lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
129 JUD 1 18 j5m4 κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας…τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their own sinful and ungodly desires” Here, **lusts of ungodliness** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
130 JUD 1 19 r28j writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
131 JUD 1 19 l568 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **divisions**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones dividing others against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
132 JUD 1 19 jwyt figs-explicit Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
133 JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metonymy ψυχικοί 1 Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
134 JUD 1 19 qn4p figs-metaphor Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
135 JUD 1 20 xm93 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
137 JUD 1 20 c2o9 ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 building yourselves up This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
138 JUD 1 20 uyfx figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
139 JUD 1 20 m3rg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
JUD 1 20 wiyg ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
140 JUD 1 21 j9su translate-versebridge ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
141 JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 keep yourselves in the love of God Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
142 JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 waiting for This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
143 JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
144 JUD 1 21 mzqu figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
145 JUD 1 21 okfy figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
146 JUD 1 21 qb29 grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
147 JUD 1 22 ynz1 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
148 JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς…διακρινομένους 1 The phrase **some who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe” The phrase **{some} who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
149 JUD 1 23 gx9t ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
150 JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
151 JUD 1 23 ign7 figs-abstractnouns ἐλεᾶτε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
152 JUD 1 23 uavk ἐν φόβῳ 1 This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude wanted his readers to have mercy on a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “by being cautious”
153 JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
154 JUD 1 23 sexc figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155 JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
156 JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157 JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to cause you to stand before his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
158 JUD 1 24 gq9e ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
159 JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
160 JUD 1 25 m1g8 figs-abstractnouns Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Savior**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

View File

@ -369,21 +369,21 @@ dublin_core:
description: "Open-licensed exegetical notes that provide historical, cultural, and linguistic information for translators. It provides translators and checkers with pertinent, just-in-time information to help them make the best possible translation decisions."
format: 'text/tsv'
identifier: 'tn'
issued: '2022-07-11'
issued: '2022-08-18'
language:
direction: 'ltr'
identifier: 'en'
title: 'English'
modified: '2022-07-11'
modified: '2022-08-18'
publisher: 'unfoldingWord'
relation:
- 'en/ult?v=37'
- 'en/ust?v=36'
- 'hbo/uhb?v=2.1.26'
- 'el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.26'
- 'en/ta?v=29'
- 'en/tq?v=34'
- 'en/tw?v=32'
- 'en/ult?v=40'
- 'en/ust?v=39'
- 'hbo/uhb?v=2.1.29'
- 'el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.29'
- 'en/ta?v=32'
- 'en/tq?v=37'
- 'en/tw?v=35'
rights: 'CC BY-SA 4.0'
source:
- identifier: 'tn'
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ dublin_core:
subject: 'TSV Translation Notes'
title: 'unfoldingWord® Translation Notes'
type: 'help'
version: '63'
version: '65'
checking:
checking_entity:
- 'unfoldingWord'